PLAN HISTORY

(SEE NEXT PAGE)

SHIP OWNER BP shipping

CLASSIFICATION
Lloyds Register of Shipping
SOCIETY
REGISTERATION hie. Of Mail fee^i^voA^ W
NOTICE

( / 3 0 )SHEETS WITH A COVER

DEPT NO. : 4 4 5 CLASS : /./^S SCALE : NONE DATE :1999. 07. 30

IVIanager : ''T-*^At. TITLE : 304,500 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER

SHIP NAME : M/T BRITISH PIONEER OWNER : BP shipping
Chief : H. 9. T' .J
Check : Y. K. Moon
3- o
ODMS MANUAL
Drawn a=^
T. 3619

HULL NO. 1241 DWG NO. EF009.S0

HEAVY INDUSTRIES SAMSUNG HEAW INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.

A4 ^ S4 zsa

E-14
 IMG NUMBER: 9180140

OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM

OPERATIONS MANUAL

APPROVED
This manual has been approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping for and on
behalf of the Governnient of the vessel's Registration as complying with the
Regulations stated below.

The information contained in this Oil Discharge Monitoring And Control

System Operations Manual is in an approved form in accordance with
MARPOL 73/78 Annex 1 Regulation 15 (3)(c) and contains the information as
required by IMO Resolution A.586(14).

Approval only extends to ensuring the requirements of Regulation 15(3)(c)

have been met.,..

'^k^^^. g^ENSMITH Date 24 August 1999

for Qo^^rlfegister of Shipping

Approval for compliance with MARPOL 73/78 Annex 1 Regulation 15

(3)(a) is subject to :-

(1) A satisfactory onboard survey and functional test has been carried out
in accordance with the procedure described in this manual in the
presence of a Surveyor to Lloyds Register of Shipping.

(2) Verification that the arrangements on board are identical to those

described in this manual.

I hereby certify that the above conditions have been complied with. :-

Signature Date
Surveyor to Lloyd's Register
Place Date

Page 1 of 2
LR No. 9180140
^iliiiiiiiiiiiiTOiiiii»^^^^
Original approval:

"BRITISH PIONEER" HAMILTON/

BERMUDA
^ ^

NAME PORT OF REGISTRY OFHCIAL NO. SURVEYOR/DATE

AND FLAG OR CALL SIGN

Changes:

Page 2 of 2
PLAN HISTORY
ALT. CONF.B
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
MARK Y
1 1999.03.27 Prepared By Electric Design Team 0

^^^^ffity
HEAVY INDUSTRIES SAMSUNG HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD
 »»

H,-^S^

,3-?

• 4Y

ODME
IMO RES A 586 (XIV) - MEPC 51 (32)
w
Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment

OPERATION MANUAL •"1

' "^ V S .

SAMSUNG NO. : H1241 1 -•*

f,",. I \ i ' ^ *• •

SEIL SERES CO,, LTD.

Address : 287-4, JANG LIM 2-DONG, SAHA-GU, PUSAN, KOREA '
Telephone no. : (051)262-1857/8/9 Fax no. : (051)261-3969; ^

•V,

j^Ao* V~ fK
, yi ,*.'t9tf. >*« 4> ' L,i;h ^ i
 OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING
AND CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION AND
TECHNICAL MANUAL

304.600 DWr CRUDE OIL TANKER

SHIP No. : H1241 NAME: M.T BRITISH PIONEER

APPROVED : NAME OF DRAWING : OIL DISCHARGE

MONITORING AND
CHECKED : CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL

DRAWN : SCALE DRAWING NO. :

SAMSUNG HRAVY INDUSTRIES
CO.. LTD. CONSOLIDATED NO.
._.
 CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION PAGE

INTRODUCTION 1- 2

PARTICULARS OF SHIP 3-4

APPLICABLE REGULATIONS 5-17

INDEX OF SECTION

- Section I. Technical manual 18 - 179

- Section n. Operational section for cargo, stripping and

segregated ballast system 180 - 199

- Section HI. Spare parts 200 - 208

- Section IV. Test and check-out procedures ^ 209 - 212

APPENDIX I. Technical installation specifications 213 - 215

APPENDIX n Copy of type approval certificated - M O

resolution A586 (14) 216 - 219

APPENDIX in Workshop test protocol for relevant components and

environmental test certification 220 - 231

APPENDIX IV Maintenance record sheets for the oil

discharge monitoring and control system 232 - 234

Worldwide service agents for marine equipment 235 - 238

I N T R O D U C T I O N

000001
 INTRODUCTION

1. The documentation and manuals contained herein prepared in accordance with

the requirements of IMG Resolution A.586(14) paragraph 8.

2. The purpose of the documentation and manuals is to provide safe operational

and technical guidance in performing ballast or effluent discharge operations in
compliance with the requirements of Regulation 9 of Annex I of MARPOL,73/78.

3. The documentation and manuals provide guidelines for Governments and

certifying authorities when approving and surveying on board the installation of
oil discharge monitoring and control system under Regulation 15(3)(a) of
Annex 1 of MARPOL 73/78 and applicable assembly Resolution A.586(14).

4. The documentation and manuals have been approved by L.R.S on behalf px

C>erAi>i/N ISLE, of MA^^ administration and no alteration or revision shall be niEide to
any.^ection without the prior approval of L.R.S

official stamp
 P A i n ICUl.ARS OF SIIII'

HULL NO. 111241

NAME M . T BHITISH PIONEER
FLAG J=-J<f• • i3»'' ^tfW. h e r w k x U .
OFFICIAL NUMBER
P O R T O F REGISTRY VW^VMIIAOVV / | ^ |
DEADWEIGHT 3 1 4 ^ ) DWT K ?§->:
SYSTEM MANUFACTURER SERES/FRANCE ^^'^'
DATI- SYSTEM INSTALLED July. 1999
CATEGORY TYPE A-IMO RES. A 586(14)
CALL SI(;N

This vessel is classified as Category A * in accordance with Resolution A 586(14)

having an implementalion requirement for a control unit with automatic input of flow
rate and vessel speed.

* Di-ch;ir.<.;e valve coiilrnl and stalling inteiiock in fiilly ap|jlical)le for lliis vessel.

The vessel is fitted with an Oil Discharge Monitoring and System manufactured by
Societed 'Etube et de Realisation d'Equipments Speciaux (SERES).

Installation of the system was accomplished at : SAMSUNCi IIEA.VY INDUSTRIES

CO., LTD.
Commissioning of the system was accomplished at •' SAMSUNG HEAVY
INDUS! RIES CO., LTD.

'Lype Manufacturer

Sampling system ODME S(m SERES

Sample pump AHO KSB
Sampling pump motor I1K111FS211ERARDRN HYUNDAI
Moniioring and control s\'stem ODME S(i(53 MKIII SERES
I'lowmeter system Litot sensor FLO BAR
Speed indicator

oo::oi
PARTICULARS
O F
SHIP
A P P L I C A B L E
R E G U L A T I O N

•> .-^ •- •^ o r"

 REGULATION 9 OF ANNEX I OF MARPOL 73/78
REGULATION 10 OF ANNEX I OF MARPOL 73/78
REGULATION 15 (3)(a) OF ANNEX I OF MARPOL 73/78
REGULATION 18 OF ANNEX I OF MARPOL 73/78

IMPORTANT

THE DISCHARGE OF DIRTY BALLAST WATER OR OIL CONTAMINATED

WATER INTO THE SEA THROUGH OUTLETS WHICH ARE NOT CONTROLLED
BY THE MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM IS AN INFRINGEMENT OF
THE CONVENTION. '

6
 8

REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF OPERATIONAL POLLUTION

Regulation 9

Control of Discharge of Oil

(I) Subject to the provisions of Regulations 10 and 11 of this Annex and paragraph (2) of this
Regulation, any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from ships to which this Annex
applies shall be prohibited except when all the following conditions are satisfied :

(a) for an oil tanker, except as provided for in sub-paragraph (b) this paragraph :

(1) the tanker is not within a special area,

(2) the tanker is more than 50 nautical miles from the.

nearest land,

(3) the tanker is proceeding en route,

(4) the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil content

does not exceed 30 litres per nautical mile,

(5) the total quantity of oU discharged into the sea

does not exceed for existing tankers 1/15 000 of the
total quantity of the particular cargo of which the
residue formed a part, and for new tankers 1/30 000
of the total quantity of the particular cargo of
which the residue formed a part,

(6) the tanker has in operation, except as provided

for in Regulation 15 (5) and (6) of this Annex an oil
discharge monitoring and control system £ind a slop
tank arrangement as required by Regulation 15 of this '

(b) from a ship of 400 tons gross tonnage and above, other than
an oil tanker and from machinery space bilges excluding
cargo pump room bilges of an oil tanker unless mixed with
oil cargo residue :

(1) the ship is not within a special area,

(2) the ship is proceeding en route,

(3) the oil content of the effluent without dilution

does not exceed 15 parts per nullion ; and

(4) the ship has in operation equipment as required

by regulation 16 of this Annex
(n) In the case of a ship of less than 400 tons gross tonnage, other than an oil tanker whilst
outside the special area, the Administration shall ensure that it is equipped as far as practicable
and reasonable with installation to ensure the storage of oil residues on board and their discharge
to reception facilities or into the sea in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (I) (b) of
this Regulation.

(HI) Whenever visible traces of oil are observed on or below the surface of the water in the
immediate vicmity of a ship or in its wake, Governments of Parties to the Convention should, to
the extent they are reasonably able to do so, promptly investigate the facts bearing on the issue of
whether there has been a violation of the provisions of this Regulation or Regulation 10 of this
Annex. The investigation should include in particular, the wind and sea conditions, the track and
speed of the ship, other possible sources of the visible traces in the vicinity and any relevant oil
discharge records.

(IV) The provisions of paragraph (I) of this Regulation shall not apply to the discharge of clean
or segregated ballast. The provisions of sub-paragraph (I) (b) this Regulation shall not apply to
the discharge of oily mixture which without dilution has an oil content not exceeding 15 parts per
million, jind which do not originate from cargo pump-room bUges and
not mixed with oil cargo residues.

(V) • No discharge into the sea shall contain chemicals or other substances in quantities or
concentrations which are hazardous to the marine environment or chemicals or other substances
introduced for the purpose of circumventing the conditions of discharge specified in this
Regulation.

(VI) The oil residues which cannot be discharged into the sea in compliance with paragraphs (I),
(2) and (4) of this Regulation shall be retained on board or discharged to reception facilities.

(Vn) In the case of a ship, referred to in regulation 16(6) of this annex,

not fitted witii equipment as required by regulation 16(1) or 16 (2) of
this annex, the provisions of paragraph 1 (b) of this regulation will
not apply until 6 July 1998 or the date on which the sWp is fitted with
such equipment, whichever is the earlier. Until this date any discharge
from machinery space bilges into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from •
such a ship shall be prohibited except when all the following conditions
are satisfied :

(a) the oily mixture does not originate from the cargo pump-room bilges ;

(b) the oily mixture is not mixed with oU cargo residues ;

(c) the ship is not within a special area ;

(d) the ship is more than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land ;

(e) the ship is proceeding en route ;

(f) the oil content of the effluent is less than 100 parts per million ;
and

(g) the ship has in operation oily-water separating equipment of a design

approved by Administration, taking into account the: specification
recommended bv the Organization.*

" * Refer to the Recommendation on International Performance and Test

Specification for Oily-Water Separating Equipment and Oil Content
Meters adopted by the Organization by resolution A.393(x)

38
 10

Reffvilation 10 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78

Methods for the prevention cf oil pollution from ships

while operating in special areas

(1) For the purposes this Annex, the special areas are the Mediterranean
Sea area, the Bedtic Sea area, the Black Sea area, the Red Sea area, the < -
"Gulfs area", the Gulf of Aden area and the Antarctic area, which are
defined as follows^

(a) The Mediterranean Sea area means the Mediterranean Sea proper
including the gulfs and seas therein with the boundary between the
Mediterranean and the Black Sea constituted by the 41* N parallel
and bounded to the west by the Straits of Gibraltar at the meridian
of 5' 6' W.

(b) The Baltic sea area means the Baltic Sea proper with the Gulf of
Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland and the entrance to the Baltic Sea
bounded by the parallel of the Skaw in the Skagerrak at 57' 44.8' N.

(c) The blade Sea area means the Black Sea proper with the boundary
between the Mediterranean and the Black Sea constituted by the
parallel 41' N.

(d) The Red Sea area means the Red Sea proper including the Gulfs of
Suez and Aqaba bounded at the south by the rhumb line between
Ras si Ane (12' 28.5' N, 43' 19.6' E) and Husn Murad (12* 40.4' N,
43* 30.2' E).

(e) The Gulfs area means the sea area located north-west of the rhumb
line between Ras al Hadd (22' 30' N, 59' 48' E) and Ras AI Fastch
(25' 04' N. 61' 25' E).

(f) The Gulf of Ad^n area means that part of the Gulf of Aden between
the Red Sea and the Arabian Sea bounded to the west by the rhumb
line between Ras si Ane (12' 28.5' N, 43' 19.6' E) and Husn Murad
(12' --[O.-'l' rf, 43' ;;0.2' E) T d to Iha east b / tiie rh.umb line between
Ras Asir (11" 50' N. 51" 16.9' E) and the Ras Fartak (15" 35' N,
52* 13.8' E).

(g) The Antarctic area means the sea area south of latitude 60* S.

(2) Subject to the provisions of regulation 11 this Annex:

(a) Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture from any oil tanker
and any ship of 400 tons gross tonnage and above other than an
oil tanker shall be prohibited while in a special area. In respect of
the Antarctic area, any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mLxture
from any ship shall be prohibited.

(b) any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture from a ship of less
than 4(X) tons gross tonnage, other than an oil tanker, shall be
prohibited while in a special area, except when the oil content of the
effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million.

,^ ,\ f^ <> r^ a
\j U 'J o u J
 11

(3) (a) The provisions of paragraph (2)of this Regulation shall not apply to
the discharge of clean or segregated ballast

(b) The provisions of sub-paragraph (2)(a) of this Regulation shall not

apply to the discharge of processed bilge water from machinery
spaces, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied-' -^

(i) the bilge water does not originate from cargo pump room
bilges;
(ii) the bilge water is not mixed with oil cargo residues:
(iii) the ship is proceeding en route:
(iv) the oU content of the effluent without dilution does not
exceed 15 parts per million:
(v) the ship has in operation oil. filtering equipment complying
with Regulation 16(5) of this Annex; and
(vi) the filtering system is equipped with a stopping device which
will ensure that the discharge is automatically stopped when
-the oil content of the effluent exceeds 15 parts per million. .

(4) (a) No discharge into the sea shall contain chemicals or other substances
in quantities or concentrations which are hazardous to the marine
environment or chemicals or {other substances introduced for the
purpose of circumventing the conditions of discharge specified in
this Regulation.

(b) The oil residues which cannot be discharged into the sea in
compliance with paragraph (2) or (3) of this Regulation shall be
retained on board or discharged to reception facilities.

(5) Nothing in this Regulation shall prohibit a ship on voyage only part of
which is in a special area from discharging outside the special area in accordance
with Regulation 9 of this Annex.

(6) Whenever visible traces of oil are observed on or below the surface of the
water in the immediate vicinity of a ship or its wake, the Governments of Parties to
the Convention should, to the extent they are. reasonably able to do so, promptly
investigate the facts bearing on the issue of whether there has been a violation of the
provisions of this Regulation or Regulation 9 .of this Annex. The investigation
should include, in particular, the wind and sea conditions, the track and speed of the
ship, other possible sources of the visible traces in the vicinity, and any relevant oil
discharge records.

(7) Reception facilities within special areas;

(a) Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea and Baltic Sea areas:

(i) The Government of each Party to the Convention, the

coastline of which borders on any given special area
undertakes to ensure that not later than 1 January 1977 all oil
loading terminals and repair ports within the special area are
provided with facilities adequate for the reception and
treatment of all the dirty ballast and tank washing water
from oil tankers. In addition all ports within the special
area shall be provided with adequate reception facilities for
other residues and oily mixtures from all ships. Such
facilities shall have adequate capacity to meet the needs of
the ships using them without causing undue delay.

lO
 12

(ii) The Government of each Party having under its jurisdiction

entrances to sea water courses with low depth contour which
nught require a reduction of draught by the discharge of
ballast undertakes to ensure the provision of the facilities
referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(i) of this paragraph but with
the proviso that ships required to discharge slops or dirty
ballast could be subject to some delay.

(iii) During the period between the entry into force of the
present Convention (if earlier than 1 January 1977) and 1
January 1977ships while navigation in the special areas shall
comply vn\h the requirements of Regulation 9 of this Annex.
However, the Governments of Parties the coastlines of which
boarder emy of the special areas under this sub-paragraph
- may establish a date earlier than 1 January-1977, but after
the date of entry into force of the present Convention, from
\vhich the requirements of this Regulation in respect of the
special areas in question shall take effect:

(1) if all the reception facilities required have been

provided by the date so established; and
(2) provided that the Parties concerned notify the
Organization of the date so established at least six
months in advance, for circulation to other Parties.

(iv) After 1 January 1977, or the date established in accordance

with sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of this paragraph if earlier, each
Party shall notify the Organization for transmission to the
Contraction Governments concerned of all cases where the
facilities are alleged to be inadequate.

(b) Red Sea area and Gulfs area:

(i) The Government of each Party the coastline of which

borders on the ^xcial a'eas vindertakes '.o ensure thrit as soon
as possible all oil loading terminals and repair ports within
these special areas are provided with facilities adequate for
the reception and treatment of all the dirty ballast and tank
washing water from tankers. In addition all ports within
the special area shall be provided with adequate reception
facilities for other residues and oily mixtures from all ships.
Such facilities shall gave adequate capacity to meet the needs
of the ships using them without causing undue delay.

(ii) The Government of each Party having under its jurisdiction

entrances to seawater courses with low depth contour which
might require a reduction of draught by the discharge of
ballast shall undertake to ensvire the provision of the
facilities referred to in sub-paragraph (b)(i) of this
paragraph but with the proviso that ships required to
dischcirge slops or dirty ballast could be subject to some
delay.

f\ n, r^ f^ ^ -t

J t'. ^ i 1
 13

(iii) Each Party concerned shall notify the Organization of the

measures taken pursuant to provisions of sub-paragraph
(b)(i) and (ii) of this paragraph. Upon receipt of sufficient
notifications the Organization shall establish a date from
which the reqvuiement of this Regulation in respect of the '
area in question shall take effect The Organization shall
notify aU Parties of the date so established no less than
twelve months in advance of that date.

(iv) During the period between the entry into force of the
present Convention and the date so established, ships while
navigation in the special area shall comply with the
requirements of Regulation 9 of this Annex.

(v) •• " After such date oU tankers loading in ports in these sjiecial
areas where such facilities are not yet available shall also
..fully comply with the requirements of this Regvilation.
However, oil tankers entering these special areas for the
purpose of loading shall make every effort to enter the area
with only clean baUast on board.

(vi) After the date on which the requirements for the special area
m question take effect, each Party shall notify the
Organization for transmission to the Parties concerned of all
cases where the facilities are alleged to be inadequate.

(vii) At least the reception facilities as prescribed in Regulation

12 of this Annex shall be provided by 1 January 1977 or one
year after the date of entry into force of the present
Convention, whichever occxirs later.

(8) Notwithstanding paragraph (7) of this regulation, the following rules apply
to the Antarctic area:

(a) The Governments of each Party to the Convention at whose ports

ships depart en route to or arrive from the Antarctic area undertakes
to ensure that as soon as practicable adequate facilities are provided
for the reception of all sludge, dirty ballast, tank washing water,
and other oily residues and mixtures from all ships, without causing
undue delay, and according to the needs of the ships using them.

(b) The Governments of each Party to the Convention shall ensure that
all ships entitled to fly its flag, before entering the Antarctic area,
are fitted with a tank or tanks of sufficient capacity on board for
the retention of all sludge, dirty baUast, tank washing water and other
oily residues and mixtures while operating in the area and have
concluded arrangements to discharge such oily residues at a reception
facility after leaving the area.

f\ r^ /-^ •-> -1 r>

 14

Regulation 15(3)(a) of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78

Retention of Oil on Board

An oil discharge monitoring and control systern approved by the Administration

shall be fitted. In considering the design of the oil content meter to be
incorporated in the system, the Administration shall Have regard to the
specification recommended by the Organization. * The system shall be fitted
with a recording device to provide a continuous record of the discharge of
litres per nautical mile and total quantity discharged, or the oil content
and rate of discharge. This record shall be identifiable as to time said date .
and shall be kept for at least three years. The oil discharge monitor and
control system shall com into operation when there is any discharge of
efflueot into.the sea and shall be such as will ensure tifiat any discharge of
oil mixture is automatically stopped when the instantaneous rate of discharge
of oil exceeds that permitted by Regulation 9(l)(a) of this Annex. Any failure
of this monitoring and control system shall stop the discharge and be noted in
the Oil Record Book.
"A manually operated alternative method shall be provided and may be used in
the event of such failure, but the defective unit shall be made operable as
soon as possible. The port State authority may allow the tanker with a
defective unit to undertake one ballast voyage before proceeding to a repair
port".
The oil discharge momtoring and conttx)! system shall be designed and installed
in compliance with the Guidelines and Specifications for Oil Discharge Monitoring
and Control Systems for Oil Tankers developed by the Organization.**
Administrations may accept such specific arrangements as detailed .in the Guidelines
and Specifications

* Rc'ferer.ce i'' made to the Recommendations on Intonv.Lion.?! Performance

Specifications for Oily Water Separating Equipment and Oil Content Meters
adopted by the Organization by Resolution A 393(x).

* Reference is made to the Guidelines and Specifications for Oil Discharge

Monitoring and Control Specifications jfor Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control
Systems for Oil Tankers adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.586 (14).
 15

Regulation 18 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78

Pumping, Piping and Discharge Arrangements of Oil Tankers

(1) In every oil tanker, a discharge manifold for connection to reception facilities
for the discharge of dirty ballast water or oil contaminated water shall be located on
the open deck on both sides of the ship.

(2) In every oil tanker, pipelines for the discharge to the sea of ballast water or oil
contaminated water from cargo tank areas which may be permitted under
Regulation 9 or Regulation 10 of this Annex shall be led to the open deck or to the
ship's side above the waterline in the deepest ballast condition. Different piping
arrangements to permit operation in the manner permitted in sub-paragraphs (6)(a)
to (e) of this Regulation may be accepted. . . .

(3) Iri- new oil tankers means shall be provided for stopping the discharge into the
sea oil ballast water or oU contaminated water from cargo tank areas, other than
those discharges below the waterline permitted under paragraph (6) of this
Regulation, from a position on the upper deck or above located so that the manifold
in use referred to in paragraph (1) of this Regulation and the discharge to the sea
from the pipelines referred to in paragraph (2) of this Regulation may be visually
observed. Means for stopping the discharge need not be provided at the
observation position if a position communication system such as a telephone or radio
system is provided between the observation position and the discharge control
position.

(4) Every new oil tanker required to be provided with segregated ballast tanks or
fitted with a crude oil washing system shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) it shall be equipped with oil piping so designed and installed that oil
retention in the lines is minimized: and

(b) means shall Tae provided to drmn all cargo pumps and all oil lines at the
completion of cargo discharge, where necessary by conneclioii to a
stripping device. The line and pump drainings shall be capable of
being discharged both ashore and to a cargo tank or a slop tank. For
discharge ashore a special small diameter line shall be provided and
shall be connected outboard of the ship's manifold valves.

(5) Every existing crude oil tanker required to be provided with segregated ballast
tanks, or to be fitted with a crude oil washing system, or to operate with dedicated
clean ballast tanks, shall comply with the provision of paragraph (4)(b) of this
Regulation.

(6) On every oil tanker the discharge of ballast water or oil contaminated water
from cargo tank areas shall take place above the waterline, except as follows:

(a) Segregated ballast and clean ballast may be discharge below the
waterline:
(i) in ports or at offshore terminals, or
(ii) at sea by gravity,

•' 1 A
 16

provided that the surface of the ballast water has been examined
immediately before the discharge to ensure that no contamination with
oil has taken place.
•« •

(b) Existing oil tankers which, without modification, are not capable of
discharging segregated ballast above the waterline may discharge
segregated ballast below the waterline at sea, provided that the surface
of the ballast water has been examined immediately before the
discharge to ensure that no contamination with oil has taken jAace.

(c) Existing oil tankers operation with dedicated clean ballast tanks, which
without modification are not capable of discharging ballast water from
dedicated clean ballast tanks above the waterline, may discharge this
ballast below the waterline provided that the discharge of the ballast.-.-
water is supervised in accordance with Regulatiqn 13A(3) of this
Annex.

(d) On every oil tanker at sea, dirty ballast water or oil contaminated
water from tanks in the cargo area, other than slop tanks, may be
discharged by gravity below the waterline, provided that sufficient
time has eh osed in order to allow oil/water separation to have taken
place and tlv.: ballast water has been examined immediately before the
discharge wi'/i an oil/water interface detector referred to in
Regulation 15i3Kb) of this Annex, in order to ensure that the height of
the interface is such that the discharge does not involve any increased
risk of harm to the marine environment

(e) On existing oil tankers at sea, dirty ballast water or oil contaminated
water from cargo tank areas may be discharged below the waterline,
subsequent to or in lieu of the discharge by the method referred to in
sub-paragraph /d) of this paragraph, provided that:

(i) a part of the flow of such water is led through permanent

1 ;v.n';f -.0 ?. !e:.di!7 "cres^ibla location on I'm v.p]yc:r deck or
above where it may be visually observed during the discharge
operation;

(ii) such part flow arrangements comply with the requirements

established by the Administration, which shall contain at least
all the provisions of the Specification for the Design,
Installation and Operation of a Part Flow System for Control of
Overboard Discharge adopted by the Organization.
 SUIlVEYABLli: SUMMARY OF RELEVANT
ARRANGlilMENTS AND EQUIPMENT

1. Position of outlets and inlets in the cargo tank area for the handling of ballast
and oil contaminated water.

STB'D SIDE USE I

NDB 1
"\.

t)3& 2 ^y' kl y

Clean ballast : Not applicable to this vessel.

Dirn,' BallastCincluding the handling of oil contaminated water from slop tanks)

DBl iVIonitored high overboard on port side in way of no.5 W.l'.l^inkd^) and
about 500mm above deepest ballast water line.
#DB2 Pump room sea chest(P) - unmonitored inlet port side.

Segregated ballast.

SBl Segregated ballast overboard on ST'BD side in way of pipe trunk in P/RM
entrance and about 800mm above deepest ballast water line.
#SB2 Pump room sea chest(S) for inlet of segregated ballast.

Note : The use of inlet DB2 for the discharge of oil contaminated water is prohibited
and constitutes an infringement of the convention.

OOOOlt)
2. Identification of discharge outlets provided flow meter
Discharge flow rate in inputted automatically to the control section from the
flowmeter installed on the 500mm high overboard discharge line.

3. Manual of automatic control of :

. 1 Overboard valve
, 2 Recirculating valve
. 3 Discharge pump

1. Overboard discharge valve CO603F is hydraulically controlled from the CCR

and inieiiocked with recirculating valve to slop tank CO601F
2. Recirculating control is arranged to valve CO601F and which allows automatic
discharge into the PORT slop tank.
3. Discharge pump control is made from cargo control room.

4. Starting interlock
The starting interlock for this vessel is arranged such that overboard discharge
valve CO603F cannot be opened until the oil discharge monitoring and control
system has reached operational status without alarm.

5. MJIIUUII or automatic input of vessel speed

P'or this vessel, the input or vessel speed to the control section is accomplished
niitomnticallv fi'om vessel's speed lotz-

000017
SECTION I

TECHNICAL MANUAL
1. PRESENTATION OF THE EQUIPMENT
2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. INSTALLATION
4. COMMISSIONING
5. TROUBLE SHOOTING PAGES
6. MAINTENANCE
7. TESTING
8. INSTALLATION DWG. WITH LIST
9. SPECIFICATIONS OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

00Q018
 PRECAUTIONS

Mcit of th2 printed circuits in SERES instruments use CMOS integrated circuits of which the"
reliability has been proved time and time again. These components made up of transistors with a
very high input impedance field effect are nevertheless very sensitLye.tp static electricity when
they are switched off.

Consequently, every precaution should be taken to avoid damage to them either by manipulation
or by incorrect storage. A PC board should never be packed in plastic. Always use an anti-static
matter such as wrapping paper for example, or anti-static foam.

If you take these precautions, you could avoid unpleasant surprises !

Should you have any comment to make concerning the quality of this equipment,

please inform us in writing :

Quality Control Department, Ste. SERES.

V-'e -y-M -a'--: r;.:;n i::'o account :o' hi':ui iJ::v ;!':iDmer]ts in our units.

00Q019
 OPME S.663 ^TK TU as delivered bv SERES comprises :

QUANT. ELEMENT

Motor/pump unit on penetration plate

Hydraulic panoply
Oil content meter cabinet
Set of 5 TUBES
Projectdr unit '
Calibration + fibre + measuring cell unit
Compensation cell block
Measuring vessel / 2 fibres / cover unit (to be fitted with rubber joint)
Calculator cabinet
X Sampling probes (1 per channel) according to order
4 Silent blocks (not mounted on cabinet)

OPTIONS
FOR ODME WITH MOTOR PUMP STARTER
Motor pump starter cabinet

EOR OPME WITH ANNUBAR-TYPE FLOWMETER

Annubar-type probe (model adapted to the <f) of the
pipework and the flowrate)
Differential pressure transmitter with valve block
Fixing bracket

000020
 1. PRESENTATION OF THE EQUIPMENT

c 1.1 Introduction
The ODME S.663 MK i n - Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment - is designed to measure the
hydrocarbon content in ballast water discharged into the sea by oil tankers, in accordance with
IMO specifications A 586 (XIV) of 20/10/85. It includes a hydrocarbon detector which is in
accordance with this regulation.
s*. The instantaneous measurement of oil content, and the total quantity of hydrocarbon discharged
during the various discharge operations are recorded, and a top limit is fixed for each
measurement (instantaneous and total).
The ODME S.663 MK i n can monitor up to 6 sampling points.
^ When properly installed, the calculator, the oil content meter and the motor are kept away from
^^'places that cduld'be expected to contain flammable vapors, thus iavoiding'potential sources of'
ignition.
1.2 Presentation of the equipment
It comprises mainly :
- a calculator,
- an oil content meter,
- a motor/pump unit,
- a hydraulic panoply,
- one to six sample probes,
- one or more flowmeters, if required
The calculator
The calculator, fitted on a mobile stand, includes :
- a 4 line alpha-numeric display,
- a crinter,
- a keyboard,
- a visual and audible alarm signal,
- a manual control with lock,
- a terminal strip at back of unit
The oil content meter
The oil content meter comprises :
- the measuring vessel, fitted to a penetration plate,
- pneumatic solenoid valves,
- a security pressostat,
- a terminal strip

000021
 <
^ I
:'Q ffl""

/ 'CALCULATOR

MEASURING VESSEL", CONTROL ROOM

ENGINE ROOM

) OLEOMETER CABINET

PRESSOSTAT E 9 •J
.MOTOR
\ STARTER
FLOWMETER AP TRANSMITTER WITH VALVE MANIFOLD
P G
T3OTU-B

MOTOR PUMP

Rev. Oat« Dttlqnotlon Vlto

Trollement :

Nbr»: Tolir.g4n«r.: Uol.! /

De»i.: RAPHAEL -E£]-<^- Usinoga:

SEIZES ^mt SCOPE OF SUPPLY
AIX l«> UILLCS
T4I1 43.24.49.10
ra<:43.34.J0.07 Data: 08/04/92 Ech.: N-: 1 Rav.:
 Input of chuiwiel • ••.
-.-i-ntrol of ionnel
to monitor to monitor
- -
Flow input -^
_ ^
1

Monual flow Set point possed

InfDut I alarm 2 0 L / n m
• (t •

Speed inpul(log) Cxcess ppm alarm

in inboard transfer
'• ': ' \

Manual speed
Oieomeler control
input
CALCULATOR
o Oleometer input Stop discharge
o
CD
o Manual input DISPLAY
Date time
of oil content ^L/mn -channel
t • •
T total oil - f l o w
A r>
A n u i y a i r i ii\ ji.li ui Lici -Speed -Limit
VVorUing conditions
- Messages in event
Input dischorqe valve open of alorm.

Printer
Date time
"Tolal oil"limited
L/mn total oil
input •
;Alphanumerical
• - • —
messages

W*». I DoU OWlQAolUn Vho

Tn«lltm«nl i /

Hbf«i/ I Tftlir.ginir.i / U4I.I /

o.....napiiML-(^-(i)- UlUsfti/
AIX
I.CS MILLCS O.I..I2y||{m C<k. / N':IES@03Qri^ !•».;
Transmission of data is by fibre optics that pass through the bulkhead (gas tight seal between the
pump room and the engine room).

The motor/pump unit

The motor/pump unit is fitted to a penetration plate separating the motor from the pump (gas-
tight shaft seal).

The hydraulic panoplv

Includes :

- a filter
- a pressostat
- 4 pneumatic valves driven by the oil content meter,
The sampling probes . „ , ,..

One per channel.

1.3 • Use oF ODiVlE equipment

This equipment is used to measure and keep a permanent record of quantities of hydrocarbons
discharged into the sea and to warn the operator whenever this quantity exceeds the limits
imposed by the international legislation.

Its operation can be made entirely automatic.

The various functions of the unit are as follows :

1) Monitorino : Continuous monitoring of the quality of water being discharged.

During monitoring of discharge operations :

- the discharge valve is controlled,

- the ppm value of. the discharge water is monitored,
- data is recorded on the printer,
- equipment malfunction alarms or water quality alarms can
appear
2) Calibration : A calibration cycle (zero and sensibility), can be carried out at any time on
manual order or every 24 hours automatically. Calibration itself is
automatic in all events.

3) Standbv : Equipment condition when not in use.

4) Inboard transfer : Monitoring of inboard transfers of

effluent.

000024
1.3.1 Calculations

The instrument calculates the quantity of oil discharged, using the data supplied by the
oil content meter and other equipment on board, as follows :
A : Quantity of oil in ppm x mVh = litres/nautical mile
Speed of vessel x 1 000

B : Quantity of oil in ppm x flow rate in mVh = litres/hour

1 000

C : litres per hour x time in hours = total quantity in litres (total oil)
All necessary data (speed, ppm. mVhour), can be entered manually into the calculator
in the event of a breakdown.

1.3.2 according • - • '•

a) Data is recorded on an electrical print-out recorder every ten minutes during

monitoring if no change is made to data, and :

- each time data is modified,

- each time the unit is switched on.
- each time an alarm is set off,
- whenever the quaritity of oil discharged increases by 10 1/nm
b) The data recorded is :

- date and time (GMT)

- valve open or closed
- discharge prohibited or authorized
- alarm for ppm range exceeded
- alarm for 30 1/nm exceeded
- total oil VALUE
- alarm for totahoil limit exceeded
- ship's speed
- ship's situation
- calibration or iiionitorinp,
- ;y;jc of j.MoJiict discliarged
- flow rate
- each alarms condition
- failure
- override
- LITER PER NAUTICAL MILE
Malfunction alarms cause the valve to close. On printer appears :
- discharge prohibited
c) Printing possibilities :
- Date : 1 to 3 1 days. 1 to 12 months programmed up until
2020.

0G0025
 - Time : 0 to 23 h 59
- Ppm concentration '• 999
- Overboard discharge flowrate in m^ /h : 9999
- Speed of vessel in knots '• 21
- Total quantity of oil discharged in litres : 32 767

1.3.3 Alarms

•:vf;r!. AM^^sba^^a/K^!:atrdiblfe alarm is set off when an alarm is given. An acknowledgement

- . button cuts off the horn. The message written on the control screen indicates the
alarm that has been set off and gives the procedure to follow. The alarms are :

. 30 ^/nm exceeded (with horn warning only at 20 ^/nm)

. 999 ppm range exceeded
. total oil limit exceeded
. oil content meter failure
. flowmeter failure
. calibration failure
. water failure (sample water during monitoring, clean water
during calibration)
. printer paper failure
. pump molor wrongly powered (motor under i)o\ver when it
should be stopped)
. ship's speed too low
. valve wrongly open
. 15 ppm passed (in 15 ppm alarm mode)
or 1(X) ppm passed (in bilge monitor mode)

00C026
2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. Calculator and oil content meter power supply :

220 V - 50 Hz + earth (unless otherwise stated on equipment).
330 VA for each cabinet.
Motor/pump power supply
440 V - 60 Hz or 380 V - 50 Hz, three-phase 2.35 KW
2. Acceptable power supply variation :
-r- 10 - 15 % nominal voltage
Direct low voltages : Regulated using non-adjustable integrated regulators.
Frequency + 5 % nominal frequency.
3. Ambient temperature : -h 5 to 4- SS^C
4. Humidity : 95 % RH at the most at 40°C
5. Vibration : 2 - 13,2 Hz amplitude + 1 mm
6. Roll and pitch : 22,5 respecting normal installation specifications.
7. Sampling points : Maximum 6
8. Input and output signals :

Name Value measured Signal

Oil 0 to 1 000 ppm Display

Discharge rate Max. 9 999 m^/h 4-20 mA
Log 21 knots max. Impulses
Discharge valve contro Dry contact
Valve position Dry contact

000027
 INSTALLATION

CAUTION : ELECTRICAL PANEL FOR ODiVDE S.663 MK HI MUST NOT BE

LOCATED IN AREAS REQUIRED TO HAVE INTRINSICALLY SAFE OR EXPLOSION
PROOF EQUIPMENT.
3.1 Calculator cabinet
The calculator is generally placed in the cargo control room or any other location away from bad
weather, sea spray and with a constant ambient temperature.
The cabinet can be placed on a table or inside a console, (see drawing ES 663.319).
It is very important to respect the 200 mm minimum limit between the back panel of the
calculator and any other obstacle.
S ^^^--^^^hi'Hirffelfiffonsna'f tfftTcialculator cabinet are given in drawing'ES 663.316: The space above the •
cabinet must be left absolutely free so as" to be able to remove the upper cover for repairs or
-inspection. ..,
Whatever the installation conditions, the cables should be long enough to enable the cabinet to be
moved without disconnecting. Depending on the type of vessel, the discharge valve contact can
be taken either on the discharge pump control or from a contact placed next to the ODME
equipment.
For chemical discharge, two extra valve contacts are to be connected up.
3.2 Oil content meter cabinet
The oil content meter cabinet is fitted on the bulkhead separating the engine room from the pump
room. It is fixed with four brackets and set on silent blocks. See drawing ES 663.318.
The positioning of the oil content meter cabinet is directly related to the positioning of the
penetration plate maintaining the measuring vessel : see drawings ES 663.320 and ES 663.327.
The pneumatic connections and mechanical parts for the measuring.vessel are inserted into the oil
content meter cabinet and it is therefore most important to position the cabinet very carefully with
regard to the penentration plate. If not, the optical transmitters and receivers cannot be fitted to
the measuring vessel and the pipework will be difficult to connect.
To tit the penetration plate with the measuring vessel, a hole of 292 mm diameter should be
drilled in the bulkhead, and installation carried out from pump room side.
Before welding the penetration plate, one must check that it is perfectly positioned. The
measuring vessel with its piston must be quite vertical to ensure correct installation of the optical
elements through the oil content meter partition (ES 663.327)
Sufficient space must be left around the cabinet to enable maintenance without anv
problems. Cable inlets and outlets are on the underside of the cabinet, as is the compressed air
inlet.
Drawing ES 663.327 gives all details on this subject.

OO0G28
The ohmic resistance of the RS 232 C connecting lead must be 125 maximum per lead. The cable
is a 2-pair twisted and screened cable (see drawing ES 663.328).
Once the cabinet and the penetration plate have been installed :
A - Connect up the compressed air tubes that control the valves.
These tubes are delivered separately and must be connected to the solenoid valves and the
penetration plate glands. These connections are provided on the solenoids and the glands. See
drawing ES 663.327.
B - Assemble the cell and the projector. The fibre optics are projected inside the cabinet and the
cell and projector barrels should be connected onto their respective ferrules. Each pair have their
own diameter. They are fixed using BTR screws installed on the barrels that tighten the fibre
ferrules.
C - Fit the "measuring" fibres optic. These fibres are delivered separately.
Irapoiiant : Do not separate the fibre from its cell. ,
^ Remove the nut blocking the hole provided for the fibres, keeping the metal washer. Fit the
^^\^)^"dF6nT6''iKe fibres and screw the fibres into the penetration plate (using the special spanner •
provided for this purpose). Tightening can be completed on the measuring vessel side, with the
same spanner.
D - Connect up the plugs according to number marks.
3.3 Motor/Pump
The motor/pump unit must be installed without dismantling, as the two elements are lined up in
our workshop before dispatch.
The unit must be fitted from the pump-room side by passing the motor through the hole made in
the bulkhead.
- Power supply : 440 V 60 Hz
or : 380 V 50 Hz
- Length : 649.5 mm /
- Weight : around 60 kgs
- Diameter of penetration plage : 284 mm
Drawing ES 663.335 gives the position of the oil content meter penentration plate with regard to
the axis of the pump.
Drawing ES 663.341 shows the motor/pump coupling. The hydraulic connections to the pump
are made using 3/4" PN 16 NFE 29282 collars. These collars should be fitted from above.
'£3

IMPORTANT

The drive motor of the pump must be imperatively connected as indicated on the motor
identification plate. The motor accepts either 440 V 60 Hz or 380 V 50 Hz.

000029
 3.4 Hvdrnulic panoplv
To facilitate assembly, and to standardize installation from one unit to another, a panoply is
delivered installed on a frame to be fixed onto a wall near the sample pump.
Drawing ES 663.324 provides dimensional data for the panoply as well as the diameter of
connections for hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
3.5 Sample probes
As many sampling probes as measuring points are necessary, with a maximum of six.
The sampling probe is fixed onto the pipework with a 3" PN 16 flange in steel, with an external
diameter of 200 mm with 8 fixing holes of 18 mm diameter on drilling diameter 160 mm.
The length of the sample probe must be specified for each pipe diameter so that the end of the
-. probe is situated at 1/4 of the total diameter of the pipe on which it isjnstalled.
-mg iii ojt^i^4ftip5rtanktelltiltog*'rtoiethat parts numbered 1 and 2 on drawing ES 663.325 are not.supplied:
by SERES.
To avoid air intakes that could perturb the measurement, the sample probe must be fitted either
onto a vertical pipe section with upward flow direction, or on a horizontal pipe section that is the
base of a syphon.
Under no circumstances should it be fitted on a vei-ticnl pipe with downward flow.
3.6 Example of installation of 6 sampling points ES 663.336
The above-mentioned drawing shows an example of the set-up, and specifies the matter in which
the pipes should be made, as for the valves and the manifold.
- Pipes in aluminium brass
- Valves and connections in marine bronze
- Manifold in cupro nickel
For flow measurement, each, case will be studied separately.

0U0030
 3.7 Fitting the flowmeter (optional)
Annubnr-tvpe flowmeter
The probe is fitted under the same conditions as the ODME sample probe (see paragraph 3.5) as
far as flow direction is concerned. The choice of the probe is directed by two values :
- the diameter of the pipework,
- the maximum discharge rate.
These two values must be specified with the order and cannot later be changed.
Drawing ES 663.329 gives all details concerning the chosen probes and the way in which they
*' should be fitted onto the pipework. An arrow engraved on the probe shows which way up it
should be fitted. When making hydraulic connections to the differential pressure sensor, the
direction of the arrow must be respected. The point of the arrow shows the low pressure side.
Drawing ES 663.330 shows installation possibilities for the probe and the maximum acceptable
posi'ioiang error.
'fii tnu-THe hydraulic connection of the probe to the differential pressure sensor must be made in -•'' *•
stainless steel pipe of 8 x 10 diameter. This pipe is not supplied by SERES.
Drawing ES 663.331 gives indications regarding the differential pressure sensor. This must be
placed at a lower level than the probe, in all cases, and as close as possible to it.
The support is supplied with the sensor.
IMPORTANT : It is vital for good results that the following dimensions be respected :
- minimum length of straight pipe section upstream of the
probe : equivalent to 7 pipe diameters
- minimum length of straight pipe section downstream :
3 diameters.
3.S Electrical conneetions (Drawings ES 663.328, ES 663.339)
This block diagram shows the electrical connections to be made, the lead number and the
conductor section to be used.
For the connections of each cabinet, refer to the corresponding terminal diagram.
- calculator : ES 663.317
- Oil content meter : ES 663.332

000031
 COMMTSSTONTNG

4.1 Preliminary operations

Before switching the unit on for the first time, check that the electrical connections between the
various elements are in accordance with the drawings. Check the voltages of available power
supply.
Check that all the hydraulic connections are in accordance with the drawings.
4.2 Hydraulics
- Fill the fresh-water tank and check that the float valve
works correctly.
- Open the tank outlet stop valve.
- Open the purge valve.
- Open manually the stop-circulation pneumatic valve. Water
should run out through the purge.
- Leave it running for a while so as to thoroughly rinse
the pipe-work.
- Close purge valve.
- Turn the pump by hand to check that it is not blocked.
- Open line to slop.
- Go to machine room and open 7 bar inlet.
- Disconnect terminals 6 and 7 on oil content meter.
- Manually engage the pump discontactor and check that the
pump is turning in the right direction (clockwise when looking
at the penetration plate).
- Stop discontactor.
- Simulate contact at terminals 4 and 5 of oil content
meter : the pump should stajt up.
- With motor running, the return in 6 and 7 should be
closed.
- Reconnect 6 and 7.
- Switch oil content meter on and check that indicators
come on.

000032
 - Return to pump room.
- Close stop-circulation valve.

4.3 Starting up the unit

The calculator is equipped with a microprocessor to manage a series of sub-programmes enabling
dialogue between the calculator and the operator.

These sub-programmes can be called up by means of the keyboard, each sub-programme being
identified by a code number.

The sub-programmes enable the user to :

- modify the parameters
- modify the system configuration : channel to be monitored
- start up a calibration
- etc.

Set the mains switch of calculator to "ON"

On the display appears :

ODME MK m S663
Soft...
(
>*<,. - SERES FRANCE

and then the "STAND BY" pages (3)

000033
For example :

STAND BY 25/09/92 15;24 15 ppm alarm

ppm nm ra^/h channel 2
300 15.0 1000 mode 00
(015... 21.0. 2000

STANDBY 25/09/92 15:24 15 ppm alarm

ppm nm m^/h channel 2

MANU MANU MANU mode 00
(015... 2000
21.0...'

STANDBY type "E" to change data

Overboard discharge Prohibited
Overboard valve Closed
Sampling pump Stopped

To have access to the sub-programmes press keys

000034
On the display appears :

ENTER CODE ?

Enter data and B

EiVDERGENCY STOP TYPE "3" AND "B"

Follow the instructions given on the display

- Enter the 3 figure code and press key "B"

For example :

2 5 8 + B

On the display appears the "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page :

- DATE AND TIME I

- CHANNEL AND FLOW RANGE 2
-PPM 3
-SPEED 4
- DISCHARGE FLOW RATE 5
- SHIP'S SITUATION 6
- TYPE OF PRODUCT 7
- LIMIT TOTAL OIL 8
- RESET TOTAL OIL 9
- INBOARD TRANSFER 0
- START CALIBRATION A
- TEST RUNiNiisG C
- BACK-FLUSHING D
- ADJUSTABLE PPM ALARM E
- END INPUT DATA F
Note : the operator has 2 mn to enter each item. If no new data is entered, after this time, the
unit returns to the original page.
4.3.1 Entering the date and time

Press kev :

000035
The instruction page appears.
Example : 15/12/83 23:15
If this information is incorrect, to change it, follow the instructions given on the display.
For example, to enter the following date :
04/08/92 05h27
Type in as follows :

KEY DISPLAY

< < 15/12/83 23:15 > >

< < 05/12/83 23:15 > >

< < 04/12/83 23.15 > >

B < < 04/12/83 23:15 > >

< < 04/02/83. 23:15 > >

< < 04/08/83 23:15' > > •

B < < 04/08/83 23:15 > >

< < 04/08/93 23:15 > >

< < 04/08/92 23:15 > >

B < < 04/08/92 23:15 > >

000036
 < < 04/08/92 03:15 > >

< < 04/08/92 05:15 > >

B < < 04/08/92 05:15 > >

< < 04/08/92 05:25 > >

< < 04/08/92 05:27 > >

B < < 04/08/92 05:27 > >

E Return to "INPUT DATA

AND PROCEDURE" page
4.3.2 Selecting the channel (1 to 6)
For example : channel 3
KEY DISPLAY

CHANNEL X

CHANNEL 3

B CHANNEL 3

Flow range XXXX to XXXX M^/H

Return to "INPUT DATA

AND PROCEDURE" PAGE

000037
 4.3.3 Enteiing the ppm information
i
Press key :

and wait for the ppm page to appear.

Automatic input : hit key B

Manual input : hit 3 after display of the page,

type in estimated ppm value then hit B.

•^'.[>^?fi). Press key "E" (Return to "EWUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page).
4.3j4 Entering the ship's speed data
Press key :

Automatic input

Speed of vessel is given by log

Press key :

- The information "SHIP'S SPEED AUTO XX.X KNOTS" appears at

the top of the display.

Manual input

In the event that no information is being entered by the log, enter the speed manually.
- type in desired speed between 1 and 21 KNOTS

000038
For example 15.0 KNOTS

KEY DISPLAY

SHIP SPEED MANUAL XX.X KNOTS

IX.X KNOTS

15.x KNOTS

15.0 KNOTS

B 15.0 KNOTS

Return to "INPUT DATA

AND PROCEDURE" page

4.3.5 Entering the flow data,

Press key :

.Automatic input
The data is given by the flowmeter, press key

00G039
Manual input
In the event of a flowmeter failure, the data can be entered manually.

For example : 1000 rn^/h

KEY DISPLAY

FLOW RATE MANUAL XXXX M^/H

IXXX M^/H

lOXX M^/H

lOOX M^/H

1000 M-^/H

B 1000 M^/H

Return to "INPUT DATA

AND PROCEDURE" page

4.3.6 Entering the ship's situation data

Press key :

and the number of the required situation

000040
 0 = Proceeding
1 = Bilge Monitor
2 = 15 ppm Alarm
3 = Clean Ballast
4 = Chemicals

Proceeding
Monitoring of discharge from vessels outside the special zones, monitoring limited to
999 ppm, discharge limited 30 1/nm total oil limit, minimum speed log 2 knots, and maximum
speed log 21 knots. The total oil limit is printed every 10 minutes.^^

Bilge monitor
Discharge overboard prohibited. The discharge valve is closed, and if it is not,
an alarm "valve wrongly open" appears, obliging the operator to close it. The value of the sample
is printed every minute. The maximum value not to be exceeded is 100 ppm. In the event of
overshooting, an alarm is set off.

15 ppm alarm
Discharge overboard prohibited. The limit is 15 ppm.

Clean ballast
Discharge overboard controlled. Discharge limited to 15 ppm.

Chemical products (optional)

Enables use of the unit as calculator of chemical discharge.
Press key

(Return to "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page).

4.3.7 Entering the "type of product" data

Press key :

000041
The list of products appears on the display.
Choose the code corresponding to the product contained in the vessel before ballast discharge.
Type in the code.

Light Diesel : Kerozene Minas

Arabian light Nigerian medium

Heavy oils : Bachaqueros Residual fuels

Light crude oil :

Sahara Blend Saharien

Light Distillate oils :

Leaded / unleaded gasolines

Press key

(Return to "DNfPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page).

4.3.8 Entering the "total oil limit" data

This value corresponds to the total quantity of oil that may be discharged into the sea during any
one trip under ballast.
This limit is equivalent to 1/15 000 of the cargo for existing vessels, and 1/30 000 of the cargo
for new vessels, of the total quantity of cargo of which the residue formed a part.
For example the total quantity of an existing vessel is 15 000 t, the total oil limit is 1 000 1.
For new vessels this total oil limit is two times less (500 1).
To enter this value, press key :

Enter the figure corresponding to the required limit

Press key :

(Return to "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page)

000042
4.3.9 Reset total oil discharge
To be performed only when new cargo has been loaded.

Press key :

Reset to zero by hitting

0 0 0 0 0 and B

Press key

(Return to "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page)

4.3.10 Inboard transfer

This position enables monitoring of a product being transfered from one tank to another.

The discharge valve must be closed, overboard discharge being prohibited.

Ppnv data appears on the display (and for information, the speed and the flow of overboard
discharge).
Press key :

to display chosen page :

0 = inboard transfer
1 = Overboard discharge

4.3.11 Start calibration

Press key :

000043
Automatic cnlibrntion
Enter the time of automatic calibration (which is carried out every 24 hours thereafter).
Press key :

(Return to "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page)

Manual calibration
Press key :

D to run calibration

NOTA -CHECK that the ppm is in AUTOMATIC MODE before running a calibration.

4.3.12 Test ninning

The ppm must be in automatic mode, press key :

The unit passes over to test running, which consists of measurement, but on clean water only.
Discharge is prohibited
This position is used :
- either for cleaning the unit
- or for checking correct functioning of the equipment.
To end this test, press key :

4.3.13 Back-flushing
The ppm must be in automatic mode

000044
Press key :

The unit goes into back-flushing, which means that the whole unit is back-flushed with clean
water.
discharge is prohibited.

This position is used to clean the unit.

After 7 mn, the unit goes back to "Stand By".

To end this test, press key :

4.3.14 Adjustable PPM Alarm

Press key :

Enter the required value.

Press kev :

B + E (Return to "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page)

Discharge is not prohibited

4.4 Manual dischage control

Set key switch to "MANUAL" position.

In this position, all discharge operations are possible, but they are not monitored. Nothing is
recorded on printer except "MAN. DISCH. CONTROL" with date and time.

OOCOi
It is not impossible to gain access to data by hitting "E". This position is only to be used in the
event of a failure which it is impossible to repair.
This position does not exist on the chemical monitor version.

4.5 Emergency stop

If necessary hit key :

Then

.3 and •B

After display of the "INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE" page.

The unit is immediately stopped, press key :

to reset.

4.6 Cnlibrntion
'The O.D.M'.E. is equipped with an automatic calibration device, which avoids all handling of
hydrocarbons by the operator.
To carry out calibration (manual) :
Press key :

Enter the 3 figure code and

000046
Press key :

to check that the ppm information input is at "AUTOMATIC". If

the ppm information input is at "MANUAL", no calibration cycle can be made.

Press key

again,

then

A and • D to start up calibration.

On the printer appears

START CALIBRATION
DISCHARGE PROHIBITED
DATE TIME •
CHANNEL, SPEED, PPM, FLOW RATE, and OVERBOARD VALVE
POSITION

During calibration, the sampling pump of the unit takes up oil-free water, and the zero is
auiomaticaily adjusted, :.s is the detection sensicivity.
In the event of it being impossible to make the automatic adjustments, an alarm is set off
CALIBRATION FAILURE
Consult the instruction page by hitting

and make recommended verifications.

4.7 Return to initial page (INPUT DATA AND PROCEDURE)

To return to the initial page press key :

000047
4.8 Use of ODME to monitor chemical discharge (Optional)
Only the calculator is used, the oil content meter is not used.
IMO regulation A 500 (XII) imposes 3 limits :
- minimum speed 7 knots when discharging
- maximum calculated flowrate
- maximum flowrate depending on installation
Depending on category and type of product being transported, as well as the ship's situation,
SERES proposes the various possibilities in 5 types called effluents.
Efntient n° 1
Homogeneous product cat. B, outside special zones, or
Homogeneous product cat. C, within special zones.
Effluent n° 2
Non homogeneous product cat. B, outside special zones, or
Non homogeneous product cat. C, within special zones.
Effluent n° 3
Homogeneous product cat. C, outside special zones.
Effluent n° 4
Non homogeneous product cat. C, outside special zones.
Effluent n° 5
Product cat. D or effluent from pre-washed tanks.
Discharge of other effluents to the sea is prohibited.

4.8.1 Maximum calculated flowrate

In chemical discharge simultaneous opening of the two opposite valves is authorized. Depending
on the number of valves open the calculation will vary.
(Factor 1.5 for two valves open).
Effluent n° 1
1 valve open : Limit = KxY^-^^xL^-^
CS

000048
 2 valves open : Limit = 1.5 K x V^-'^ x L^-^
CS
Effluent n° 2 and 3
1 valve open : Limit = KxV^-'^xL^-^
2 valves open : Limit = 1.5 x K x V^-^ x L^-^
Effluent n° 4 and 5
1 valve open : Limit = 10 Kx V^-^^ x L^-^
2 valves open : Limit = 15 K x V^-'^ x K^-^
Where: ,.,....
K' '^' 4.3 ^ 10'^ (coefficient as stated in legislation) •"• - " M"; •.!'") • , : > : - - " •
V = Speed of vessel in knots . -
L = Total length of vessel in meters
CS = Composite concentration of the substance present in a mixture of residue and water
expressed as a volumetric ratio.

4.8.2 Maximum flow according to installation

Q = 5x1xD
1 = Length between the fore of the vessel and discharge point
in meters
D = Diameter of pipe in meters
Q is memorized in unit during manufacture and cannot be modified.

4.8.3 Discharge limit

To ease operation, the two limits - mziximum calculated flow and maximum flow according to
installation - have been grouped into one limit called "flow limit" which is entirely dependant on
the vessel's speed.

4.8.4 Chemical discharge order

To start up chemical discharge monitoring, the procedure is the same as for hydrocarbon
discharge (see paragraph 4.4). However, the discharge valve and its contact are different from
those used for hydrocarbon discharge.
Note : Even though the oil content meter is not used, it should remain switched on, as a
permanent verification that the sample pump is not running.

000049
If use in chemical position is to be maintained for any length of time, it is preferable to cut off
- the power supply to sample pump,
- the power supply to the oil content meter,
- the control air for pneumatic valves,

and set the ODME to "manual ppm".

Moreover, a verification is carried out to check that the hydrocarbon discharge valve is always
closed, as this valve cannot be used for chemical discharge.

000050
5. TROUBLE SHOOTING PAGES

MESSAGES ON THE DISPLAY

L OIL CONTENT METER FAILURE

2. WATER FAILURE
3. LOSS OF SAMPLE
4. CALIBRATION FAILURE
5. PPM RANGE EXCEEDED
6. I'LOWMETER FAILURE
7. FLOWMEIER RANGE EXCEEDED
8. SAMPLE PUMP WRONGLY POWERED
9. TOTAL OIL LIMIT EXCEEDED '
10. PRINTER PAPER FAILURE

5.1 Oil content meter failure

- Check if main power light on the door of the oleometer is vlit,

- Unlock the door of the oleometer
- Check that all voltage leds are lit
• •- Turn off the main switch ' • (m. , ...,.
• - Check main fuses ; under main switch and power supply on terminals
"1" and "2"
- Replace defective fuse(s)
- Check that RS232 transmission cable is properly connected and not damaged
oleometer terminal : 09 10 11 12 to
oleometer console terminal : 10 11 12 13

If oleometer still inoi^erative consult service manual or enter estimated PPM.

TURN OFF POWER BEFORE REMOVING ANY PCB

000051
5.2 Water failure
- Check that clean water is supplied
- Check that channel selected is correct
- Check that all stop valves are open
- Check that all purge valves are closed
- Check that compressed air is supplied
- Check that motor pump breaker is on
- Check that pump is not blocked
• - - Check that on pressostat :
Pressostat works (dry contact)
• Pressostat cables are connected
N.B. pressostat disconnected = no alarm
- Check that mesh of filter on hydraulic panoply is not obstructed
If failure persists consult service manual or enter estimated PPM.

5.3 Loss of sample

' ' - Check that channel selected is correct
- Check that all stop valves are open
- Check that all purge valves are closed
- Check that compressed air is supplied
- Check that motor pump breaker is on
- Check that pump is not blocked
- Check that on pressostat :
Pressostat works (dry contact)
Pressostat cables are connected
N.B. Pressostat disconnected = no alarm

ri (^ r- ^> ^ 2
\J K' '^ \y O t^
 - Check that mesh of Filter on hydraulic panoply is not obstructed,
"f failure persists consult service manual or enter estimated PPM

5.4 Calibration failure

Start a calibration cycle : type key "E". Equipment still in calibration failure :

- Unlock the door of the oleometer and switch it off

- Check on PCB that calibration, measuring and compensation cables are properly
connected.
- Check on mother board that all cables are properly connected

- Check that emission, measurement and compensation block are correctly placed on the
end of the optical fibre

- Check that measuring vessel isclean and clean water free of air

- Check that the wiper is not blocked in lower position

- Start calibration (key "E")

If failure persists consult service manual or enter estimated PPM.

5.5 PPM range exceeded

Oil content in effluent exceeds 999 PPM. To check if correct type key "E" to start calibration.
"" If after calibration, oil content in effluent is still over 999 PPM, a visual observation of the
surface of water can confirm this result.

If no oil on surface, verify that sample is free of air.

If failure persists enter estimated oil content PPM.

To change data type key "E".

5.6 Flowmeter failure

Check if flowmeter cable is properly connected and not damaged.

Flowmeter type Pitot tube :

- Check if + 20 V is supplied between terminal 14 and 16 on the calculator.

If not replace corresponding fuse F3 200MA

000053
 - Check if zener barrier is properly connected
"1+" to pressure transducer terminal "+"
"2-" to pressure transducer terminal "-"

Flowmeter using external supply :

- Check if flowmeter is switched on
- Check if fuses are not blown
- Check if probes are properly connected
If flowmeter still inoperative enter estimated flowrate of discharge.

5.7 Flowmeter rarifre exceeded

Reduce discharge flowrate

If range still exceeded ;

- with Pitot tube flowmeter : Clean probe
- on manifold : close valve "RE"
close valve "RAl"
close valve "RP"
- After one minute : open valve "RE", "RAl"
close valve "RA2"
- After one minute : close valve "RP", "RE"
open valve "RAl", "RA2"

If range still exceeded enter estimated flowrate.

5.8 Sample pump wrongly powered

. - Turn the motor pump power supply off immediately

- Check if motor pump starter is in auto position
- Check if contact between terminals 4 and 5 on oleometer is oi^en when
oleometer switched off
- If not replace the relay
- Switch off the oixTator's console
- Switch on the oleometer cabinet
- If contact between terminal 1 and 5 is closed replace the micn)i)rocess()r i'CH
and consult ser\Mce manual

C\ Ci r^ f ^ A
K.! — u w O t
If failure persists turn off power to motor pump and enter estimated PPM.

5£ Total oil limit exceeded

The total of oil discharge into the sea exceeds the limit
Discharge into the sea is prohibited. Oil residues will be retained on board and
discharged to reception facilities.

The total quantity of oil limit is for existing tankers : 1/15 000
and for new tankers : 1/30 000
of total quantity of the particular cargo of which the residue formed a part

- Check that the limit is correct '" • ' • •

- If not re-enter the limit
,4 Qheek that total of oil discharged into the sea has been reset when new
cargo was loaded.
- If not re-enter the new total of oil discharged i.e. the last limit minus the total
of oil discharged into the sea at date of the new cargo loading

5.10 Printer paper failure

To change roll of paper :

- Open printer by loosening the 4n thumbscrews on front panel
- Pull cassette out of case and hold it . P i- .. -
- Push the upper part backwards and swing it open
- Remove the roll (ref.I112R)
- Insert the new roll of paper, unrolling from the bottom towards you.
- Unroll about 40 cm of paper and close upper part
- Slide the paper between the guide axis and the front panel
- Swing up the arm
- Take the roller out and twist it to open
- Slide the paper between axis and shoulder of roller and close it
- Replace the roller and swing down the arm to pull paper laul
- Push cassette and close

000055
 DISPLAY

PRINTER
HOUSING

o
o
o
Cj

CD

INDICATORS KEY SWITCH MAIN SWITdH KEYBOARD

6. MAINTENANCE

The ODME has been designed to reduce maintenance to a minimum. The unit is kept in a perfect
state of cleanliness by rinsing with clean water during the calibration cycle, every 24 hours, when
the unit is on standby and after each ballast discharge operation.

6.1 Calculator

Four electronic circuits can be fitted into the calculator rack :

Microprocessor PC board ES 651.20A

.X. Annexe circuit ES 804, UP
Low voltage power supply PC board ES 742.02
Relay PC board ES 742.03A

This cabinet uses two 2.5A fuses - 5 x 20 mm to protect the main power supply. They are fixed
onto the back panel above the electrical terminal strip.

00GG57
Micro-processor PC board 651-20A

The micro-processor board used is a 16 bit mini controller.

The Ci 2 is a network of programmed gates "ALTERA".
The Ci 3 random access memory with an internal battery has a 30 year life span.
The Ci 4 is an EPROM (electrically programmable). The software of the calculator is placed in
this circuit.
The Ci 5 is an EEPROM (electrically programmable). In this circuit are placed some of the
configuration data of the calculator.
The press button BP 1 enables the resetting of the programme.
The preiss button BP 2 enables the validation of modified information (not used on the ODME).
The connector CI feeds the keyboard.
The connector C2 feeds the alpha-numeric display.
The connector Ut is reserved for SERES and its testing bench only.
•The potentiometer PI allows adjustment of contast on the display pa/iel.

0(30058
Validation Keyboard Display Contrast

n. ji
connector connector splay
Reset

\ T /A
Ut C2
j u u u iq
' eg
-i^Pr -Ofifap
X| CI C113 Cl9 ^ cll4 e-t
4064 '^ 7-eica74 *-*
u
«»2 IPI
^^^^SS^Mvik^k^&i^k
cl7
7*>c*)20
0' j-ti3>-g|
[SO
** ** -n "1 ** r- •
eiig
-'74hc541

CBaZa
\ e/ 1 • J » i < ^ . j * Mfc^^^a J
Ci20
7*)C574
c1 Cl8 ^ » •» ^ WM> » • 1>^'^^| I

" •plSOO
1 ci2

p 74hc57i -^ '.J I . i.jr

Ci
/

;ci4
=c&
-fl
• " ^ ^
eoci96Jcb
CIS
cz
Gil J
»
.
•
Fn
»V1
^
g o o n •HrliD-
ci3 ^ I B U2tJ ca4
r4 C117 03
KJ7378 '
r3 p •> t wi W — **"— I U
r 1 TT^*"^^l O O O C K K

-ILa
' ^ ^ ' ^ - ^ J*. »«- ^ J^ ^ «* k J i ^ f e f c . * » - X f c g»i^%.<fc afc 1
-^-gt_"-»- xfcrffc^^ifcj* ifcfci *fc j ^
Clio cm ?J c33

o
7'«*:574 ciza
7-t>c574 n •C14S40S
> M UU • W • • c3a
ISO mn
i-w i> • • 4 CKX ifc.^iAa-«**i

C112• ••tf ? eiis ell8 cl

•••3
7*tcS74 ^ 74r)CS74 JUU.
nan En © -E&^
GSD

ii
u
aI J a
S 651 - 2 0 A

000059
 «5»

IIJ <-

iM —
Xli —
111 —
HI —
IJL —
X4L — CI03
ilL —
12L —
ilL —
AOL —
csnxM—
021 —
027 —
M

A12fll —
iJL —
illL —
IJL —
1*1 —
HI — CIO-(
A2L —
AIL —
iOL —
CSfnoM—
II —
»27 —
BO —

iinoi J
ITB04 ? 2
Aijr«-<*- —o o — I —
I 2
AHM — 2u
mm — 21
A7L—^ 21 — AlO
A6L — 2<
A3L — CIOS 2^
— *>
A<L — IV — II
AIL — IP — »7
A2L — 17 — It
AIL — l( — *5
AOL — 10 11 — II
CSHAMI — 20
C2J — 2]
n — ij
17 — ij
ilt>20(7: CJ7 — 27 II —— it
A|

no — 22 1^

^^^J^
 Mil
Yliu

74110374

Ov

4 5*

CIS

26 i>
AS —
Al - i>
1.1 —
H — ? cm
J.4 — 13
AS — i4
A* — 19
A7 — li

S4 — M1 IS
CIS

|J)«f-*tT

cuviEu ri •<"

HICnO ^U S65120A Mt« »/l

M.J©-"

HlCnO AU 565120',, r»it J / j

 Annexe circuit 804.1 IP

This board supplies the voltages necessary for the :

- printer head : 60 V protected by fuse F l 200 mA
- printer motor and paper roller motor : 4.2 V protected by fuse F2 2.5 A
- zener barrier : 24 V protected by fuse F3 200 mA

c^ Two potentiometers enable the flowmeter current adjustments :

PI - 4 mA
P2 - 20 mA
•These adjustments are made in the workshop, it is not advisable to interfere, with th^se,
adjustments. , , ^

0000S3
t?
 vscooo

uru
-<
E
o
o
^n
^VQ.^. -£f^> n
-t

o C3
04-
CM io

in
u

o P
C2
+ X
+ —I R6

PILE fpT^^/'cii A/^ciz Clfl . i • i

•ai* 12 J — i
T
—[[Dig 3-
CI14 ;i —Oeo3—
—Qoa]— 4013
—Di6"|I— —QQ91— [¥ CI4 d
?13 ffei:
— D M 3—

1 —M' I I' » M Mi'l I ^ < ^ ^ llM M » M-

—Duo3—
4SM a = iS
cii n _
[D26}-7- -C-' i,-
rftilfl —ffiisj—Qg
IWi,
—CoiO—
—t[D13] CIO + -
—OoeD—
—Ciol—
—0*37 D—
—Oi» 3— "
—i[D2o]— m a
—IMO—
(J22l—
—[023]
Q
F3
20ORA

E.
CA

NOMEN S80411-0
 -i^y
P0< 003

t r
IIHOOt |^Mi«00)

TOI l>IOE 1»i

Li'
J,JK1K \ - ^ l.U Li'
ROl J I M)3H 2H1440 t

002
•1 c o l ' C02 lliiJ''
|«03 L!'
tOHf UOY • IZXI3C1IV hi
470Mf 13V
DO)
c ui 001
Li
Q}i L2
• I BlllSCIiV C i tSZ
-©)- - Li
isioig) OVItOV)
hi

LJ
Li
I II, I
oi I Li
o DEffiF
S*3 1

% li>rl>iiiti
o pupcr U l l .
i . _ _ l > « U u r inriultup
Tu' prlntir
rollar molor
c::>
UT .'J>i

'i.j p»p»r
Ull.
(•Altct 4tl ft\tr

'^5

titiup |t»rliiAli
'S prinltr

6
DJ motor

U,

I J
cincun umat unnr »•!• i/«
 ^0—l<7oS3>-« 1
]0<llt

49ir

RIZ
7K
1
ciot
Ci C24
CIOI

_Li_2. <.7K *iU 0£IIT

SZ -f K . "• How
I 'InF 500V
Ov «I8irixt
njonnit
D U IX
IL

o V
«v

o TITOS IOOnrlo,„t
o •It
TJTOT
cio;

c.;> ( CJO 4,7nF

JoTl I 0. BV/SV tD»34 • ' IJY
en
R2I
lOOnF l«»««t " 45K1
C2i V I , Ctl I
470nF IJY
ntltgi

E
SJltN
lOXMl/iV
1S«|(1 tOOE
Oviit Ovaxt Otllt
V V

Cl c I t
<0- T
cn i ^ 2 J H f rt
1

^:<y-
V

CIRCUIT * v . ^ E S«0<UP i I PHI 2/1

« ' 1 •
 •w^
III400Z »00fc 3K
Olt
CI Cli ot>
l.tK
- tM'4l>6I
-W-
:ii3 IM400I '•"
DM ,

'IR,. 020
14 tl
lOK CII4
tlUt4t
4011

JlOX
insjiJt ICK
DIS Dll D17
IJV IIV

PILE tJV tail

^ CI l I O .
*COUII

'««"• , 1H^4I
IEI14C1 «H<H«
O
O

o
CIOI
Ck 1 1 1
?
'1
b AiH E7

• 1,

2 C2(,
T• 4J0nF

0» -
•^ 7

CIRCUIT IWf* SI84IIP 1"

 • ISfdl

VXHME t u v i r t )

o
o

I iiT JlllllEXE l l » 4 1 I P MM 4/4

Lov voltage power supply board 742.02

The logical and analogical voltages are well separated so as not to disrupt the ^p.
All voltages supplied by this board are protected by fuses.
Fl 1 A power supply - 15 V
F2 IA - 26.5 V
F3 1A + 5 V logical
F4 2.5 A + 26.5 V
F5 1A + 15 V
F6 0.5 A power supply ± 15 V and + 26.5 V external

OOC0G9
 I I

-hl5V.
-15 V-
OVanalon-
OVexi- —
ilSVexi--
h1Boi]30 Vexl-—
•.•30 V exi-—
•••26,5 Vext-
•<• 5V

F1
o' -a o
o^ii^j^J- -^ + C5

en 0S02
,""I--ID 1 2 i
33 33 30 3J
F2 U ^ Ui O

-26,5 V.
•in
F3
D -'a
OV lorjique" -i ; ^ C12
\ ^ Co/
F4 Clii-La H
F5
D- ^a ?\^ C15

ro
F6
D—a
o
1-0
o
o
o
C 3 TRANSFO
-4

25V

Aa«.c
•® •
iayA3oy E»I. yS^"* ^

S 742.02
Relay PC board 742.03A

Only the necessary relays are mounted.

You will find below the diagram 742.03, underneath the relay board and the element that it
commands.
Each relay is controlled by the /tp board

0003-72
 eo 01 o
d
oc

p
o O u u

CI 7 C

CM

i RRr

HU i
h n i ^ Mfc l ^ ^ l ••>! — ^

i RQ:

RP

RN

CJ O O (J

CI 4 C
RM
f • r - H 23

—^ o ill -r-ri

RL
D11

C9 I Icio R22
D10

Bi-c=u-[q <O 1
»
I
n* CM

j O
RK

LJ
RA RJ

X /
\

S 742 - 03A

000073
6.2 Printer
Maintenance is limited to changing the printer paper roll and inker whenever necessary, (see
following pages).

Installation of printer paper

IK-

Unscrew die 2fixingscrews of the access door to the printer

Pull the printer block foward until its block

"€• -C"^'^'^•^'•'-•-•'•

1 -r'.,"

P^^9 IglJMr^ - *V ^

fi^^^S?>mfm. '^^

i^l

Put a new paper roller in its housing Insert vertically the paper inside the aperture

000075
-•e^rvi?!T,^?IS3 I

:i:i):«l;t^i jl Press pri key "A" to unroll about 40-an of paper

Insert the paper inside the receiving reel and unroll

(2 or 3 revolutions) on it by turning clockwise the roller

000076
\j
 V.>^<»3«C<»t-<

,. i-
i

Replace the receiving reel in its housing

ufifTii'^v; n y I ¥«rify.^hitlhe garter is moderately tight, if not, adjust the tightness] jbypressing on key "A"
Put the printer back into its housing
Shut the access door and screw up the 2 fixing screws

CHANGLNG THE INKER

- Open the access door
- Lift out the inker
- Replace with new inker
- Tighten the ribbon by turning the notched wheel clockwise
- Shut the access door

000377
 RED INDICATORS

PRINTED BOARD

FAN
o
o

•-a GREEN INDICATORS

CO

SOLENOID VALVES

COMPRESSED AIR

OUT DO ^ 1 1^1
6.3 Oil content meter cabinet

This cabinet should always be kept clean and the door should remain closed. There is no
routine maintenance to be carried out. The mains supply is protected by two 5 x 20 2.5 A
fuses on theright-handside of the terminal strip.
Each regulated voltage is protected by fuses on the PC board.

Fl = 2.5 A + 5V
F2 = 2.5 A + 26.5 V
F3 = lA + 15 V
F4 = • 1A -15 V
F5 ziz • 0.5 A + 15 Ext

Five green indicators on the mother board ES 804.01 show the presence of the different
voltages :

1 = > -15 V (DOS)

2 = > + 26.5 V (DOT)
3 = > + 15 V • (D06)
'•: 4- ; - - • > + 5 V I • (DOS) 4 ; , -. : -
5 = > + 15 V Ext (D04)

Six red indicators on the mother board show the activation of the different solenoid valves

1 = > EVl (D27) Back flushing

2 = > EV2 (D26) Cleaner low position
3 = > EV3 (D25) Clean water
4 = > EV4 (D24) Cleaner high position
5 = > EV5 (D28) Sample
6 = > RELOl (D29) Starting up the pump

00C079
 s sa4-aiA

OOOOQO
 JOviXt

• • •** III u a i 1
IILKP1700 o^jjy

I9v *'"' IILMPWOO

I IK ^--'

oor
c
131 ^i'
"* itt.m'1700

I , IK
IILMPWOO
^,.

12v 2. 5A

O
o
o
CD
CD
ISv

I3v

-«»

SCHEMA DEYELOPPE OLEOHETnE ODHE 2000

Hi*: A Mil* • Itup !• II.Mcr.itM C.f
SERES Oitl ll.li»l.lift N'ES8040iA Pigt 1/4
iw4tf aulti ^rtt* >• i7.M»t«*»r«.it e.t
O
CO gpoi
 SCHEHi^ DEVELOPPE OLEOHETRE ODHE 2000
'.iltirtl Nli« • l*iM> I t I I . H t v . l f f l t . t SERES |oit« K.iiit.iMi
 poi EV4
__Li——iS_ I lOX P9
J. 2«H I £31 u-*-
L.2ii,?_ *•< AA »iio
-@—d ^ b—@
• ^ lOOnf 30. IK I
20K
lilt i"".? Cleaner lllgli
"L»l|) • 4 - U<l
Inf PK* ' «' ..if^!

Ci7 EV3
I n7t I J U L ; Foa.
encoi
lOnF fMA; -czn'- IILHPI700 igi
•(9iE 1 499£ i I; 2/0
K^—</^b—@—
i..; t fjiJi? Clean waler
:i. 020 7 C63 4';onf ««
TEIIOS
?^'<« exr
r«o«F "-^^
.'(¥) CS5
l|i>
m.HP»700 j i , j
lOOnF lOOnF
|.7V\.^
M c a s . at 90* l|2 i_paafl,? Cleaner Low
^v. Pump,
V " -ISV ^' 41tnf »*t
rclurn conlaclor
n97
, L - ^ ! . 027 EVI
ToiT IILHP17aO
UAf -<g—(/v\,—g^
(p2/0 C77
o liSjr
2
nes I
i.»
il-t
I _R90 J B a c k
H=3*
(lushing
—
<' 7K VOnf >*6
CIOZ
P-Iffi?—i^i-HL EY5

j _ ^ j P 2 ^ a - .^v. ^v.

C7I
470nF

SCHEMA DEVELOPPE OLEOHETRE ODME 2000

R i « : l l i l S . l l o v . l 9 9 2 ( I I I I Jour C.C
Modtl l u t k t p r s l a ] • 1 7 , S t p t < a D r a . 9 2 C . t
SERES |p»t» i t _ j , . . i 9 9 i | N ' E S 0 0 4 ' | A P«9e v «
6.4 Hydraulic pnnoply

Check that pneumatic valves are correctly lubricated and that the filter is clean.

6.5 Measuring vessel

Dismantling of this element should only be carried out if really necessary, (may lead to a leak or
..esistant stain due to not following recommended procedure).
Before dismantling the measuring vessel, set the oil content meter and the calculator to "ofr
position, so as to avoid accidentally starting up the pump.

- Cut off the compressed air supply

- Unscrew the two screws holding the cover, and remove it

- Unscrew the connections onto the jack

- Unscrew the screws holding the ferrules of the fibre optics onto the measuring vessel :

1. transmitting fibre
2. measurement tlbres
r. compensation fibre
- Empty the measuring vessel. A plug is provided for this purpose (F), (see drawing
ES 633.09)

- Disconnect the sample.outlet (upper tube), then the sample inlet (lower tube).

The measuring vessel is installed on a support plate with 4 screws,'the whole assembly being
fixed to the penetration plate with 4 silent blocks.

6.5.1 Chansinq the wiper joint (see drawin? ES 663.09)

Once the measuring vessel has been removed :

- unscrew the 4 TH6 screws holding the upper flange of the measuring vessel (ref. A
drawing ES 663.09).
- Pull jack upwards

- Remove the worn wiper and replace it

- Clean the joint

- Replace the device

Replace screws and tighten.

0000G5
R8vi|-on(s)~

RISvifon

measuring cell 1

RKvifon

lighl" t"ransmil"l"er
OOMJ: 5 6 6 3 MK —

0 4 Iiinjtvur. J ^ N?Et«*.__6iLi ODME Measuring vessel

AIX PUn d'«n*«mb<« N*

MULES
0«l* JZMfL Eeh. N ' _ £ ^ 6 Q 3 J 2 _ _ 3X

ooooyb
6.5.2 Chan^ine the Jack (see drawin? ES 633.09)
The procedure is the same as for changing the wiper joint.
- Loosen the lock nut "L" holding part "J"
- Unscrew part "J", holding the axle "M" of the jack
- Remove part "L"
- Remove part "J" and joint "B"
- Loosen lock nut "0" holding part "N"
- Unscrew jack "P"
- Remove lock nut and install it on the new jack . .
' - Fill the housing provided on "N" with grease •.-:.• •-
- Screw jack "P" onto "N" up to about 10 mm from part "N"
- Tighten lock nut "O" onto "N" - . .
- Fit a new joint "B" onto axle "M" of the jack
- Fit lock nut "L" onto "M"
- Replace "J" onto the axle "M" and tighten so as to obtain about 91 mm, axle "M" being
fully withdrawn
- Tighten "L" onto "J"
- Reassemble the unit
6.5.3 Cliangins the glassware (see drawing ES 663.09)
- Dismantle parts "J" and "D" as previously described, as well as "K"
- Unscrew the 4 screws "E" to dismantle "G"
- Remove the glassware "H" from "I", keeping the joints
- Replace with the new glassware after thoroughly cleaning it
- Reassemble the unit. Take care that the glassware does not undergo any mechanical strain
other than that created by the joints.

N.B. : The joints' should be changed if there is the slightest doubt about their quality. After each
drainage, the water-tightness of the drainage cork must be re-checked either with liquid teflon or
with teflon" ribbon.

000CG7
7. TESTING

The use of a micro-processor considerably reduces the number of points that need to be tested.
Moreover, the low voltage regulation being obtained using tripolar regulators, no adjustments are
necessary on the supply circuit.

7.1 Oil content meter

In the case of a calibration failure check :

- that all power supplies are correct on power supply board
-• - that all connectors are correctly plugged
- that projector is lit
- that fibre optics are correctly fitted
- that the measuring vessel is clean

7.2 - Adjusting the pressostat (See drawing 663-333)

Pre-adjusted to 4 bars, the pressure must be adjusted to 6 bars in use.

In the event of a water failure :
7.2.1 During a calibration cycle :

- Check that the compressed air is coming through the oil content meter cabinet,
- Check that the Solenoid valve EV3 is activated (red indicator n° 3 lights up).
- Check that clean water tank is being properly filled with water, and that
the float cock is in good working condition.
- Check that valve 3 is open, VI and VI' alternatively activated.
- Check that the control solenoids of these pneumatic valves are in good condition.

OOQ0Q8
7.2.2 Purine measurement :
- Check that the chosen channel is the one that should be monitored
- Check that valves VI and V3 are closed, (red indicators 1-3 go out).
- Check that valves VI' and V5 are open, (red indicator 5 lights up).
- Check that the sample probe is not blocked
7.2.3 In all events :
- Check that the pump is not blocked, has correct power supply and is turning in the right
direction
- Check that the air leak is not obstructed
- Check that the flexy internal connection tubing has not come adrift
- Check that neither thei needle nor the moving contact are blocked
- Check that valves VI, VI' ,V3 and V5 are in the correct position

FUNCTION
PNEUMATIC TEST BACK CALIBRATION MONITORING
VALVES RUNNING FLUSHING
VI CLOSED OPEN OPEN/CLOSED CLOSED
vr OPEN' CLOSED CLOSED/OPEN OPEN
V3 OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED
V5 CLOSED . CLOSED CLOSED OPEN

000003
7.3 Flow-meter

•ANNUBAR" type flow-meter : Purge of hydraulic circuit

- Cleaning of hydraulic circuit (no dismanding needed) :
. open valves B, D, E (or C depending on inlet selected for clean water : see drawing
ES 663.31)
. open valves A, D, E (or C)
- Purge of pipes :
. open valves A, B, D, E (or C) as well as purges F and G
. close purges F and G as soon as air output stops
- Balancing : Clean water
inlet E or C
. close valve E (or C)
. open valves A, B and C
. close valve D
Hp
- Normal operating :
. open valves A and B
I
B
r f
. close valves D, E and C

i:^

F G

000090
7.4 STARTING INTERLOCK (Sl^E FIG.2.8)

The Res. A 586(14) requirement for a starting interlock is satisfied by electrical

control between the OUME S6f33 control unit and relay based interlock circuits
contained in the cargo valve console for automatic control of overboard to sea and
recirculation to slop valves.

7.5 DISCHARGE VALVE CONIHOL (SEE FK;. 2.8)

Full automatic discharge valve control is arranged in compliance with para.3.3 of

Res A586(14) by the mutual operation of overboard valve to sea and slop tank
return valve.

000091
 CONTROL NO. ; SSI 2 4 1 V - E 3 - 7 / 2 5
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I 'I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 25; 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

SLOP TANK / C0602F OVERBOARJ) /JLOSO'F

OPEN(GREEN) CLOSE(RED) OPEN(GREEN) CLOSE(RED)

1.058

ODMS
CALCUWTOR

NO NC NO NC NO NC
2 .6 .3 .8 .6
.29 .13 .15 .15 .50
,22 .24 32
JO .J2 ,24
OPEN(a)

SLOP TANK / C0602F OVER BOARD / C0601F m : TIUER/ X' MODE F/(?, 2.B
_l U _J L_ J L_ -U., L_ ,j i_
DESCRIPTION SCALE DATE BY CHECK APPR, INDEX DRWG- NO. Pf^V '-i'-'

CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR

SAMGONG ODMS VALVE CONTROL
NON 990520, '4^j§:3- -s\c.tc \<(^^ 71-05 I 8EV-005 ' 2'-,

D-l()8
£>^^^9Z
 7.6. Action in the event of monitor/control system malfunction

In the event of any malfunction of the oil discharge monitoring and

control system the following alternative means and information for use
in case of any one failure can be utilized :

. 1 Oil content meter

- visual observation of outflow and surface of the water
. 2 Sample pump
- visual observation of outflow and surface of the water
. 3 Processor
- manual calculation using ppm, flov^rate and ship's speed to
ensure discharge less than 30 litres/nautical mile
- manual recording
. 4 Flow rate indicating system
- manual input of flow rate obtained from the cargo pump
performance curve under sub-section 7,8 of this Manual or
in the case of the stripping pump from the stroke counter
readout in the Cargo Control Room in conjunction with the
characteristic curve under sub-section 7.8 of this manual.
. 5 Ship's speed indicating system
- manual input of ship's speed obtained from best available
source i.e. main engine r.p.m., charts or radio fixing
device.
. 6 Discharge control valve and/or hydraulic controls
- manual operation

In all cases of malfunction, a relevant entry should be made in the Oil

Record book -and retained for later examination. The blank sheets
contained under Appendix IV of this Manual may be used for supportive
record.

NOTE : ANY DEFECTIVE OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL UNIT SHALL Bli
MADE OPERABLE BEFORE THE VESSEL COMMENCES ITS NEXT BALLAST VOYAGE
UNLESS IT IS PROCEEDING TO A REPAIR PORT.

000093
 m^

7.7 Oil in water concentration (ppm) equivalent to

30 litres/nautical mile

The instantaneous rate of discharge of oil in litres per

nautical mile is calculated by the following formula :

oil content (pom) x flowrate (m3/h)

ship's speed xlOOO

• 0CC34
7. 8 Cargo oil pump / cargo oil stripping pump performance curves

Cargo oil pump

. No. off : 3
. Manufacturer : SHINKO IND. CO., LTD.
• Type : VERTICAL DOUBLE SUCTION, SINGLE STAGE
. Designation : KV500-2
. Drive : STEAM TURBINE DRIVEN
. Capacity : 5600 M^/H
. Total head : 150M
. Speed : 1,090 R.P.M

Cargo oil stripping pump

No. off : 1
Manufacturer : SHINKO IND. CO., LTD.
Type : STEAM DRIVEN, VERTICAL, DUPLEX DOUBLE ACTING
TYPE
Designation : KPH425
Drive : STEAM DRIVEN
Capacity : 400 M' / H
Total head : 150A1
Speed : 30RPM

000095
 m

Total head = hd - hs + (Vd'/2g — Vs'/^

hd: Discharge head(m)
. /Z4I/2/JU hs: Suction head(m)
it will be (-) in case of vacuum.
NAME C/\RGO €IL PUMP Vd: Average velocity at discharge bore(fT!
Vs: Average velocity at suction bore<m/r)
APPROXIMATE CHARACTERISTIC CURVE

1000 2000 3000 mo woo woo 7000

CAfACITV O (m'A)

CAPACITY
5600 - i.
SMAfT HO«S£ KJwEt 2308/2123. 'w ORKR N O .

rOTAl H£AO ISO ^ o

n j M f EfflCIENCY
OEfAW. HEAD
SUCTION HEAD z NfSM 4.J m
3 CHECKED BT
• EVOlUTlON
SHAFT HOtSC POwEt OAowN 8Y
S^EClMC G«.
fUMf EfHClENCY %
UOUIO TEMP. DATE
•c
TOTAt MEAD WITH OtSCH. V.
OUT nji
2 730 V SMUT O f f MOOEI
KV500-2
«EvOlUtlON
/090(i3rx CAVirATION ZONE
0«AW. NO.
KVF- nOJi
SHINKOIND.D
000096
FLOW SHIP'S S P E E D - KNOTS
RATE
A/VHR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
100 300
200 ]50 300 450
300 100 200 300 400
400 75 150 225 300 375 450 -

500 60 120 180 200 300 360 420 480

600 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
700 43 80 129 172 210 255 297 340 383 425 463
800 38 75 113 150 188 225 263 300 338 375 413 450 488
900 39 67 100 133 167 200 234 267 300 344 367 400 434 467
1000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390 420 450 480
2000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 270 285 300
3000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
4000 8 15 23 30 38 45 53 60 68 75 83 90 98 105 113 120 128 135 143 150
5000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 92 96 102 108 114 120
6000 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
7000 5 9 13 17 22 26 30 34 39 43 47 51 56 60 64 68 73 77 81 85
8000 4 8 11 15 19 23 27 30 34 38 43 45 49 53 57 60 64 68 72 75
9000 1 4 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 34 37 40 44 47 50 54 57 60 64 67
10000 i 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60
 S. LIST OF INSTALLATION DRA\^^NGS ODME S663 MK IH

DRAWING NO. TITLE PAGE

ES 663-337 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OLEOMETER 2

ES 663-316 CALCULATOR DIMENSIONAL DRAWING 3
ES 663-319 CALCULATOR INSTALLATION IN CONSOLE 4
SS 663-317 CALCULATOR TERMINAL DRAWING 5
ES 663-318 OLEOMETER CABINET DIMENSIONAL DRAWING 6"
ES 663-320 OLEOMETER BULKHEAD PENETRATION 7
ES 663-327 OLEOMETER CABINET ON PENETRATION PLATE 8
ES 663-308 CONNECTION BETWEEN MOTOR STARTER AND OLEOMETER 9
SS 663-285 MOTOR/PUMP STARTER DEMENSIONAL DRAWING 10
SS 663-342 MOTOR/PUMP STARTER ELECTRICAL DRAWING 11
SS 663-341 MOTOR/PUMP ASSEMBLY 12
ES 663-343 MOTOR/PUMP BULKHEAD PENETRATION 13
SS 663-335 OLEOMETER AND PUMP INSTALLATION 14
SS 663-324 HYDRAULIC PANEL 15
ES 663-333 PRESSOSTAT 16
SS 663-325 SAMPLING PROBE INSTALLATION 17
SS 663-326 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM 18
ES 663-328 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM 19

FOil ODME DELIVERED WITH FLOWMETER

ES 663-329 DIMENSIONAL DWG. AND INSTAL FLOWMETER PROBE 20

ES 663-330 INSTALLATION / PRECAUTION FOR FLOWMETER PROBE 21
ES 663-331 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER WITH VALVE
BLOCK 22

MISCELLANEOUS FOR ODME

SS 663-268 1/4 TURN STOP VALVE 23

SS 663-269 NON RETURN VALVE 24
ES 663-270 SAFETY RELIEF VALVE 25
SS 663-272 GLOBE CHECK VALVE 26
SS 663-271 FRESH WATER TANK 27
SS 663-28:S FLOATING VALVE FI'ITED INSIDE FRESH WATER TANK 28

000C98
 A[i\o callbrallon device

Calibralion

RS232
CO )o calculalor
O
0 measurlnS cell Command of
CO
sampling pump
(2) callbrajlon ce|(
^ Command of
(I) callbrallon pro|ac|or hiydraulic panel

/? ly./W- /^^—kiarjh*^ /^C4^^k^

Cell ^ :hydrocqrbon analysis l«T. |p.lc i Pgiorlptlon Slpi
SCnEMATIC DIAGRAif T^^^V
Call 4 ijurbldlly analysis ODME S6 63MKIII
SCB[?©© \ £3 UIUX3
Diro 1(4^^
ESCC3337 1) 2
•• • « •'
 f ()

VIEW FROM FRONT

VIEW TROM FRONT PRINTER MAIN SWITCH

NB:For console installation,calculator

has to be fastened by using the
f o u r holes on f r o n t panel

Weight = 12kg

INDICATORS//KEY SWITCH \KEY BOARD

483
455

400
VIEW FROM BACK
17
446

0 O
0 0'"'^'
o O
q llllll lllllllllllli _ llllll' ii >
H
o ^-— 111 illnlirltnr
11
tmtll
11
riT
0 0 1111 tl 111111 111 1II1

o dzENER BARFJIER
T r o u kiAi
O
J>
,0 0 o

p y/.- ;iCr vs^rtr^ ^ijCji'^u

Rev. OtU DeaeripUoa /ff/C^ff4f>\ sun
ODME S663MKIII CALCUUTOR DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
AIX
©©[?©© US M""M
SVO NO.
ES663316
PAGE.
 PANEL'S PERFORATION

o
o
("J

EXAMPLE OF SUPPORT REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION IN CONSOLE

o 1^/ ;>^y cAxyhni9 d^^'-i^*^

ReT.
±
D»l«

ODME S663MKIII
DeicripUon

CALCULATOR INSTA:
S1(D

ION, IN
I TON
ONSOLE

S©[?©© AIX
LES UILUS
DWG N
ES663319
 lO vD ru ro in o ^ j CU in 1^
OJ m in -.D r- 00 cr> ru ro OJ ru fU OJ cu OJ OJ CO CO ro CO CO ro

c
o
E
E ="
o
<_)

MAINS SUPPLY
RS232C
TO CALCUUVTOR
Connected to the
Oleometer 1 220V.60H2.300VA

-O MTL / 788
2ENER
BARRIER
INSIDE
a
10
3 CALCULMOR

LOG IMPULSE INPLTT

- D r y contact between
.•,7QndS
(200 PULSE/N.M)

TO FLOWMETER

START DISCHARGE
- O p e n if discharge starting
9' VALVE CONTROL
CONSOLE
VALVE CONTACT
—Open if valve open
9'

S/^ 7^ cC^fvyt?^ l^li^cji

^u£^
Rtv. Date D««cTipU0D Sifn

ODME S663MKIII CALCULATOR TERMJH RAWING

-y^
ADC
S©[?®S US imxis
DTO NO.
SS66331
PAGE.
 .o*^

430

Connections for copper tube I.D4 0.D6

PAINT COLOUR ; MUNSEL NO. 7.5 BG 7 / 2

Engine room Pump room

430

Bulktieod

MS

Welding

Detail of screw
to be welded on
bulkhteod

.^•/>t •pyy u>»jhfjj^ z:/.^^

Rev. Dale Description Sign
OLEOMETER CABINET /J/,^C£A^)
ODME S663MKII] DIMENSIONAL DRAWING IA/A^
AIX
[?©S LES MILLES
DWG NO.
ES663318
PAGE.

TrmrfTT
 m-

ENGINE ROOM

aw HOLE IN BULKHEAD=29Z

. HEADS o r OPTICAL FIBRES

n 7/
•> 11 r II //
^T*^ II //
, PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS

w//

DETAIL A

BOLTED WITH
'LOCTirr

?CLT H U I S ;
TJM D TTrr
1 IN SlAlfiUSS S7t
100

\ FITTINGS

PIPE 1/4'
1.0:7.7 ; 0.D:1J.5

- o ??./<H •-yT>l ^^At*^^^^-*^

Dat« Description Sign
OLEOMETER ///>y^am>
ODME S663MKIII BULKHEAD PENETRATION y V > ^
AIX
Soc?' LES MILLES
DWG NO.
ES663320
PAGE.
7

000104
\j
o;) o
w I ! ENGINE ROOM PUMP ROOM

335±2 MEASURING CEq AT 90*

^
PROJECTOR
CO
35±2
BULKHEAD

>
SOURCE INDICATOR

o
o
W O ^1 ^

2w
CO
"D"
00

OUT PARTS NOT ASSEMBLED

COMPRESSED AIR COMPRESSED AIR

> «%o

00
\ i Z
3
0 OF HOLE IN BULKHEA0=292

PAINTING COLOR : Munsell no. 7.5 BG 7 / 2

» ' » •
ii t I
i I
 mL I 101
CONTACT CAPACITY
lA-220Vmax.
rO O i

OLEOMETER CABINET

ZENER 8 10 1 112 13 14
BARRIER

\ /
RS232C CONNECTIONS
TO CALCUUTOR

\ / \ /
TO PRESSOSTAT MAIN SUPPLY
IN PUMP ROOM 220V 60Hz
200VA
M
SOURCE
440V 60Hz

U V w R T

MOTOR STARTER

^ / • ^ J:>y^ U>>ii^J ^i^Ad*^'*'^^*^

ev. Date Description Sign

CONNECTION BETWEEN ^ > < ; ^ ( ^ ^
ODME S663MKIII MOTOR STARTER AND OLEOMETER
V'U
AIX
SCB[?@S LES MILLES
DYfG NO.
ES663308
PAGE.

000106
 340

300 180

f? STARTER FOR SAMPUNC P / P

iH

v^y V ^

lo.a!Ws>.o!

ti

rnrl
¥
3-Seolin9 glond GS-20
for cobia CD 13.6mm)i2. 13.5mtn

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

PAINT COLOUR : monsell no. 7.5 BG 7 / 2 .

0 .^/^ y4?r eJOb^/h-yf 4i^^'kt*,^ii^^

I Rev. Dale Uesc-riplion Sign

MOTOR/PUMP STARTER
ODME S663MKIII DIMENSIONAL DRAWING .^/.>^a/^)
DWG N O . PAGE.
Cl_-^l^ L r ( 3 c l 3 LES M1I.LES SS6G3285 10

^ V U lU /
 m

MXB 3F/10A
(OFF O P P TYPE) M
^<i>-iii- -o j o-
•
• POWER SUPPLY
AC440V ^0."^ -o I o- -O [ O -
I

\^ -KTV -o o

TRANSrORMCR i
F1(1A) 440/2Z0V r2(«A) |

4-^S?^-^^—^^-^

SOURCE

RUNNING

A
M

-v-%-4- — .Sj -A- — - « ^ - -fli— - © " r - © - - ^ft-- -^- •

V \_ ,/ V ^
OLEOMETER SAMPLING POWER SUPPLY
UOTOR AC AAOy
1.5KW

^>/-f ^y o^-r^A^J ..<^:^«kfe!L

Rev. Date Description Sign

MOTOR/PUMP STARTER
ODME S663MKIII ELECTRICAL DRATHNG
^44^
ADC
S®[?®© LES MILLES
DTTG N O .
ES663342
PAGE.
1 1

000108
 400 265
>
112
O 1/4" BSP female -^^
o
I—
o /
X5

2:
cz K
-z.
L/)
m
in
•E- - 1^
DO

• ^

CD
o
a
^imimmimmmimimDmmmm,
i--. ^
vr^
±zt
CABLE GUkND JIS 2 0 b x/ TERMINAL BOX AT BACK SIDE

^ ^

PUMP ROOM ENGIN ROOM

MAT:GG25/FGL250 Weight = 63Kg

1" BSP female ^i^CJ^

i;?/f T^J^ OSoV^rfJ
Rev. Date Deecriptlon
Ion Sijn

ODME S663MKIII MOTOR/PUMP ASSEMBLY ' ^ ^ ^ ^ / J ^

-» •"»" >
8®[?®e) AIX
U S UlLLES
DVG NO*
-^ SS663341 > 12
 ENGINE ROOM

MOTOR SHAH PUMP. SHAFT

//////////////////////////77777;

BULKHEAD

- £>
7U^ •jbt tCb -£^ .f^^lW
r.ev. Date Description Sign
MOTOR/PUMP
ODME S663MKIII .BULKHEAD PENETRATION

AIX
[?< S LES MILLES
DIfG NO.
ES663343
PAGE.
13

000110
 • • • »

510

PUMP ROOM

90 38

1/r FEMALE BSP

TO SLOP FROM MEASURING VESSEL

^ j j j x l
1/2" FEMALE BSP CONNECTION FOR
COPPER TUBE 4X6
(RED)

3/4' FEMALE BSP

SAMPLE - —

SUPPORT TO « C
WtLOED

CONNECTION FOR
COPPER TUBE 4X6
(BLUE)
CLEAN WATER - —

TO PUMP

NOTE :
V r : NORMAL OPEN
V1.V3.V5 : NORMAL CLOSE
R*T. ID»U I P«»crtpU0B

ODME S663MKIII HYDRAUUC PANEL ^^^^"^

AB PACZ.
S®[?®© LBS MULES
DWO NO.
SS663324 15
^
S*i

CABLE GLAND J I S 20c X 1

V D i s e l p o i n l o d j u s l i n g screw
R : r o n g e spring
C C i g r o d u o l e d scoie
Y B : s e l p o i n l l o c k i n g screw
M :micfoswilch

BLUE:

RED 70 OLEOMETER

viHin
InlrlnsicQily sofa lype
'^i^:wy>A
CRCXJUO <2>- Wei9hl-l.02Kg
 M

Hong* BOA JIS 16k

AM-: FLOW INLET

AV : FLOW OUTLET

Flow direction

Wu 1—I taa

u
® N.B : - THE SAMPLING PROBE HAS TO BE FITTED INTO A
PART OF THE PIPE WHICH REMAIN FULL OF LIQUID AT
ALL TIMES DURING THE DISCHARGE OF THE EFFLUENT,

ON THE HORIZONTAL PIPES PLACE

THE SAMPUNG PROBE ON THE
LOWER GENERATING LINE WITH SYPHON

MARKED " A V ON SAMPLE PROBE MUST BE PLACED

OUTLET TO FLOW DIRECTION

.<? If.A^ ^A^ us^crr^ ^^^^^iyx^

V. Date Description Sign

ODME S663MKIII SAMPUNG PROBE INSTALLATION >^/^^y>/^

<^A^^
AIX
S©.[?©S LES MILLES
DWG NO.
SS663325
PAGE.
17

000114
 [ n n s i i n . TANK ] COHHEK ((ZO X l.«T)
CLIAN WATIK SVPrLT
~ 100 UTIRS VSC SYSmi
* CU>BE CHECK VALVE
»- TO SLOP TANK
I'UMl' IU)OM DH
\ • CALCUUTOR
(NEAR TO SLOP TANK)
DISCHARGE VALVE
^ T O SEA
EXAMPLE OP DISCHARGES TO BE CHECKED

HxcrSoz: • SAMPUNC PROBE •xt ^

FtOWUETER PROSE
CONTROL ROOM
COPPER (ae X LOT)

RECIRCUUTIONU 2 * HYSRAVUC PANEL ENGINE ROOM

VAIVE fY i. ZC^iTZ-—
CARGO PUUP COPPER (•20 X l.ST)
DISCHARGE CUOUXTER
liZASORINGl I. CABINET
STOP VALVE VESSEL

COPPER ( • 2 0 X l.eT)
HSIoH Pr««aure 0.5 to 3 bmra
* ruivuBTnt &p TMNsurm;
7' ' DRY AN9 n L T I B I S i l S INLET 4 TO » b a n
FOR P N i m U n C VALVCS OOmSOL

c o p m (•• X i.DT)

COPPER Ct X LOT)
COPPER (^20 X l.BT) •6 * MOTOR STARTER

1
; COPPER (•20 X I.8T) ^C^ • SAPETY VALVE @ 9
CLEAN WATER(lb«r lulnl.) A i, COPPER (»20 X l.»T)
• STOP VAIVI * STOP VALVE YD^^ 5
C jy
-oo- PRESSOSTAT

^41
* STOP VALVE L

puup MUST B i fuaai AS CLOSED TO

* yoTox Pinip J-
UEASUREllXNT CABINET AS POSSIBLE

i ACCEPTABLE
PIPE UNE Uateria KI.^D
1 PIPE SIZE ALLUMINIUU
SUS Copper
1 BRASS
1 O.D : M - 2 2 O O 0 »ATEK

I.D : B, O.D ;10 0 WATER

1 ID : 4 - 6 0 0 0 »ATEK
I.D : l O - U
o o G WATER
I.D ; 4. O.D : 6 0 AIR y > yS633261i
yv/?T?
NOTE ; - L e n g t h of p i p i n g b e t w e e n f l o w m e t e r p r o b e a n d ^ p t r a n s m i t t e r s h o u l d b e a s a h o r t a a potslbL*. Rev. D eacHntion
DeicripUon ^ Sifn
SicD
Date
• T h e installation of flowmeter probe a a d £»p trajismitter should be reffred In accord^ace with dwg. ES663300

-Length of piping between sample probe and Inlet measurmg vessel should be a s short a s possible.
ODME S663MKIII EXAMPLE OF HYDRAUUC AND
PNEUUATIC DIAGRAM
—f" \ -CS!^ ^4//
• MARKED SUPPLIED BY MAKER.
S©[?®S LES UILLES
DWG NO. y<
SS663326 1S
 r

= COUNTER FITTING LIST TABLE =

I/NO. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY

1 MALE CONNECTOR BRASS 6PHI 1/4" . 4

2 MUE CONNECTOR BRASS 20PHI 1/2" 18

3 MALE CONNECTOR BRASS 20PFII 1" 2

4 FEMALE CONNECTOR BRASS 20PFII 1/2" 1

5 MALE CONNECTOR BRASS 20PHI 1/4" 1

6 TEE BRASS 6PHI 1

7 MALE CONNECTOR SUS316 10RII 1/2" 2

8 FEMALE CONNECTOR SUS316 10RII 1/4" 2

9 MALL CONNLCTOI^ BRASS 20RII 3/4" 4

OOOIIB
 CALCULAIOR TCHMINAl DRAWINC
j ;
\0 CO I C\S n

oo
n 211
POWER SUPPLY FAILLURE ALARU

STOP aSCHARCE COUMAND

2X1.2$inm*
iWU-t»-OII
TO AMS

TO VRCS IN CCC.

INSIDE ZENER
CALCULATOR BARRIER

113 MAIN SUPPLY 220V 601<Z (JOOVA) 3X1.2Snvn

FM O.B W CCC.

2X1.2imm»
LOC IMPULSE INPUT
FU SPEED LOG

CONTACT TO START UP MONITORING 2X1.2Smm'

TO VRCS IN c e c
CONTACT rOR OISCHARCE VALVE POSITION 2X1.25nim'
TO vRcs IN e e c

BTTYS-I FLOWMETER SIGNAL INPUT 2X1.23mm' PILOT TYPE

A P TRANESUITTEIt FIOWUETER
1*00-01-001 SCREENED
RS232C CONNECTIONS
[^

OLEOMETER TERMINAL DRAWING

u 211
O- INSIDE
ZENER OLEOMOER
BARRIER

¥
2potr twisted ond screened cuble
or 4X1mrrf screened
IAOO-01-002

HT-2
2X1.25mm'

Ml
PRESSOSTAT

PUMP MOTOR

_L.
U S T
MOTOR STARTER

- ^ R V W

1 PHASE MAINS SUPPLY * 4 0 V 60Hz (1.5K») HT-2 3X2.0mm

FU AC 440V FEED PANEL

MAIN SUPPLY 220V 6 0 H l (200VA) 2X1.25mm' FU AC 220V O.B

IN MSB RM CONSOLE

a/ii •f^y^ /yi>yh^

Date De»crlption

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
ODME S663MKIII SINCy >LINE DIAGRAM
^
;
^v^
\
S©[?©S AIX
L£S UIIXES
DITG N O .
SS663328
•
19
 PROBE B

RIght-hond l«n.|th 1)^ Is

CHOICE OF PROBE
ACCORDING TO MAXIMUM
n o w RATE IN m ' / h
IN THE TUBING

NOMINAL TUBING PROBE PROBER

DIAMETER B c /^
5" 125mm 150

6" 150mm 880

8' 200mm 1190

10" 250mm 1500

12" 300mm 1850 3000

14" 350mm 2100 3500

16" 400mm 2400 4000

18" 450mm 2700 5000

. 20" 500mm •?ioo 6500

22" 550mm 3500 7500

24" 600mm 3900 8000

26" 650mnr' 4200 8500

 INSTALLATION ON INSTALLATION ON
HORIZONTAL PIPE VERTICAL PIPE

STAINLESS PIPE 8 X 10
(ID = 8/OD = 10)
t STAINLESS PIPE 8 X 10
(ID = 8/OD = 10)
/
^1 VALVE MANIFOLD A VALVE MANIFOLD
f ^
I
i ) )
a? TRANSM. JP TRANSM. >««^y'^

V I y

INSTALUTION ON INSTALUTION ON
HORIZONTAL PIPE VERTICAL PIPE

HORIZONTAL

15^

% ^JV
« fosnio^

MAX!
MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE ERROR OF POSITION

IMPORTANT I
PRESS TRANSMITTER MUST BE PLACED UNDERNEATH AND AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE
TO THE FLOWMETER PROBE.
SEE TECH, NOTICE "G" AS ATTACHED,

(? \^:/^\ -^r r^Do-^Pr^^

Rev. Date Description Sign

ODME S663MKIII INSTALLATION/PRECAUTION FOR FLOWMETER PROBE

AIX
©©[?©S LES MILLES
DWG NO.
ES663330
PAGE.
21

onnri9
 I ' >-

ZENER
BARRIER

MAKER / MODEL NO
ROSEMOUNT / 1151

HIGH PRESSURE
1/2" NPT
1/2" NPT

VALVC t VAlVt C VALVC D VALVC C

OKRATION VALVt A
(tiP) (•r PA») (C.W)
•<x-
CLOU Close kr-paM
NMIUl enn OKN CLOSC

eUANINS OKH OfCN OPCN ortN OKN

PwfV*

^^^»**-»
IUT.

m
ODME S663MKIII
DtierintlaB
PtieripUoP . ^
>'/'*^'?^IFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
<^:S46yTRANSMnTER WITH VALVE BLOCK
St(B

©®l?®© LES MILLES

DWC NO.
ES663331
PACE.
22
 • - ^

„i.«^%.

c D FN P H L T P Ref ES66326
(BSP)
1/2" 12 30 77 36 54 25 11 4D02 15 21 A,C,D,F,G

3/4" 17 30 95 46 63 31 13 4902 20 27 I

1/4" 8 30 44 26 41 17 10 4902 09 13 E

MATERIAL :

BODY : SHOT-BLASTED NIKEL BRASS

BALL : HARD CHROME BRASS
JOINTS : P.T.F.E.

£_J_2Z/^ ^ > (OtTy^^ ^C^^^^*^—

Rev. Date Description Sign

ODME S663MKIII T U R N STOP VALVE

AIX PAGE.
I SQCPQS LES MILLES
DTffG N O .
ES663268 23
TiTTrTm-
 :jfif-

* PRESSURE RATE : MIN' 0 . 5 BAR

^f MAX. WORKING PRESSURE : lOK

Material BRONZE

Installation on horizontal or upward vertical piping

• o [9?:/^ ^y rCtrrh'^ /<^St.*^

iP.ev. Dale Description Sign

ODME S663MKIII NO RETURN VALVE

S©[7@S AIX
LES MILLES
DWG NO.
SS663269
PAGE.
24

00C122
 •"»»«»H

Adjusting screw

J^
A

^MX\

(30/accross flat)

MaierialiBRONZE
SET:14bar

72j^ ^hpry ujtf>^/>y.f

iRev. Date Description Sign

ODME S663MKIII SAFETY RELIEF VALVE

©®[?@© AIX
LES MILLES
DWG NO.
ES663270
PAGE.
Jtl?
 • • • .

Dl

- DIMENSION -

L 100

H 130

Dl 80
O
O
D 80

T 9

GLOBE CHECK VALVE

- 5K 15A
o \7f/^ 'pf' Cf?trk^j |f^:*g^l'^
- BRONZE R«T.
1DaU

ODME S663MKIII
'' D«aeriPtion

GLOBE CHECK VALVE

Sico
///^f^
^
.

S®[?©S An
us voisa
Dwe NO.
SS663272
PACE.
26
?^
 <
I
< • ^

UJ
> 1250 about 26

fl "^ l"l
o
3
O li i ll ll
to
C-4
-^^
o
o
• ^
>
o \
o
y o

'1
J3
- - <
li I «
ll
II 5

in o
— I a.
(/)
I Q. m
in (/)
>.2
115 o 900 vt

50
><
ii. -*

M
r
^

&

100
(^1

Material : SUS

<^ ^./^ -?bv cOsryA^i _^^^>>*?<^:r5_

|P-ev. Dale DescripUon Sign

ODME S663MKIII FRESH WATER TANK

AIX DWO NO. PAGE.

e5[?@S LES MILLES SSC)63^71
000125
 MATERIAL : VALVE; MARINE BRONZE
BALL aOCK; STAINLESS STEEL

^ / - ^ •ybv 4^'»^7>^ /^^*^—'

;ev. Date Description Sign
FLOAT VALVE FITTED INSIDE //A^ ^ ^
ODME S663MKIII FRESH "ffATER TANK -V^Vf^

S©[?@S AIX
LES MILLES
DVTG NO.
SS663283
PAGE.
28

000126
 SPECIFICATIONS OF NOREX PUMP

TYPE: Centrifugal 25-11/2

STAGES:
MAX. SPEED : 1 800 rpm
RELATIVE FLOW : 800 to 1000 1/h
DISCHARGE PRESSURE: 4.8 to 6 bars
SUCTION HEAD : 6 meters
OPERATING TEMPERATURE - 20 to + nO'C
DIRECTION OF ROTATION : Clockwise (seen from the motor side)

000127
 •m

AHO
NOREX
Self-Priming Centrifugal Pumps

Universally suitable for handling all sorts of clean and turbid liquid.
This liquid must not contain any abrasive substances.
The pump is used in the chemical and petrochemical industries, in apparatus engineering, in the
general process industry, in structural steel and mechanical engineering; vehicle and naval
construction,, in agriculture and building services, for irrigation and water supply as well as in all
other sectors where self-priming is required.

DESCRIPTION

AHO pumps are self-priming horizontal side channel pumps in right-section design with special
impeller. AHO pumps can be universally used for all kinds of clean and turbid liquids. The
medium handled must not contain abrasive substances.
For details on the pump structure please refer to the general drawing.
.A.HO's power consumption will rise with increasing head and decreasing capacity. The motors
are only designed for the capacity and head ranges indicated on the nameplate. The required
protective motor switch must ensure that the motor is protected from thermal overloads. Never
run the pump with the suction and/or discharge line closed.

00C128
 SELECTION CHARTS
n=i 1450 t/min{50Hz)

0.4 0,6 0.81 1 4 6 8 10 20 t i p g p m 4 0 60 80 100

0.4 0.8 0.8 1 2 4 6 8 10 20U.S i. gpm40 60 80 100

1

13 U
\
\ \ ,
\
\ \
100
>

H \ \
m \
25-1V 32-22/
50 \

40-33A

0
0.1 0,2 0.4 0,6 0,8 1 2 0 m='/h 4
T 6 8 10 20 30

n = 1750t/min{60Hz)

5 10 20 30 40 50 Imp gpm 100

* 1 I . I — 1 ' • I M ft I * I 1 1 1.. .. M. *

5 10 / 20 30 40 50 U S. gpm 100
• I 1

150

N K

100
N • \
\
\
H \ \
m 1
50
25-1 ^ 2-22/
N \
40-2 3/
\
\
^ ^
\
^ V.

n
" ~ ^ "" J '• •-

1.5 2 4 5 Q m^/h 10 15 20 25 20

00C129
n ASSEMBLY AND TNSTALT.ATION

n.l Installation at Site

Pump and motor are mounted on a common baseplate. The pump set may be installed on a
foundation or without special foundation. We recommend to flush the pump thoroughly before
installation in order to remove the preservative. For this purpose please remove the protective
covers between the suction and discharge nozzles and the counterflanges.

n.2 Piping

The pipelines must be completely clean, i.e. free from sand, weld beads or similar.
The suction casing is situated on the drive side of the pump and the discharge casing on the
opposite side. Connect all pipes making sure that no stresses or strains are transmitted to the
pump. Their weight must not be borne by the pump. If.hot (over 60*'C) or cold (below - IQ'C)
liquids are handled, thermal expansion compensators should be installed in the pipes. We strongly
recommend first to install the suction side and then the discharge side.

n.2.1 Suction Line

The suction line can be laid as required (in any shape or form), but low-angle bends and large
cross section changes should be avoided. Upstream of the pump a steadying distance of at least
0.5 m (usually 10 to 20 times the pipe diameter) should be provided.
The clear diameter of the suction line should not be smaller than the nominal diameter of the
suction nozzle. It is recommended to install a check valve in the suction line. The flow velocity in
the suction line should not exceed 2 m/s.

n.2.2 Pischar'^e Line

For the discharge line, the instructions laid down for the suction line apply analogously. The gate
valve installed in the discharge line should only be used to adjust the flow rate. Never run the
pump against a closed valve 1

n.3 Electrical Connection

The electrical connection must be performed by a trained electrician in accordance with the
relevant local regulations. A protective motor switch must be provided. Instructions for
connecting the electric motor cables can be found in the motor terminal box.

Q00130
n.4 Coupling Guard

Never run the pump without the coupling guard !

n.5 Alignment / Final Check

Check the coupling alignment before starting up the pump set.

The axial and radical deviation between the two coupling halves should not exceed 0.05 mm.

m COMMTSSTONING / START-UP AND SHUTDOWN

IH.l Commissioning / Start-up

Before commissioning, the pump must be primed with the medium handled. This must only be
done once. Never run the pump without liquid fill - not even for test purposes !
Any shut-off devices installed in the discharge line must be completely open. Start up the pump
set and, if required, adjust it to the head range indicated on the nameplate by means of the gate
valve in the discharge line.
The direction of rotation must correspond to the direction of rotation indicated by the arrow on
the auction casing of the pump (direction of rotation : clockwise seen from the drive side).

m.2 Shutdown

Switch off the drive. Shutdown must be effected with the gate valve position unchanged.

IV Monitoring Operation

The stuffing box must leak a little during operation. If the leakage is excessive, tighten the
stuffing box bolts slowly and evenly.
However, the stuffing box gland must never be tightened to the point where no leakage
occurs.

GOClS.l
In pumps with mechanical seals the axial seal arrangement must not be changed.
The mechanical seals are completely maintenance-free. The seal faces are precision-polished and
must be handled with utmost care.
Leakage of the medium handled during the operation is usually an indication that foreign matter
has penetrated into the gap between the seal faces. If the foreign matter cannot be removed fast
enough by flushing, the mechanical seal must be dismanded by trained personnel, making sure
that - if replacements are necessary - the parts in contact with each other are replaced in pairs and
not individually.

MAINTENANCE

The internal plain bearings are lubricated by the medium handled. The antifriction bearings are
lubricated for life.
The antifriction bearings must be replaced by new ones after approx. 10 000 operating hours.
The bearing temperature should not exceed max. 100"C.
If the pump is shut down for prolonged periods of time, it must be completely filled with medium
handled in order to prevent seizure by rust. If there is a risk of freezing, the pump must be filled
with soluble oil.
Check the liquid level regularly.
For this purpose turn the rotor by hand.
Do not start up the motor !

VI RE-STARTING THE PUMP

Before re-starting the pump please take note of the following :

VI.l Regenerative Pump Casing. Part N° 114. and Stage Casing. Part N° 109

The impeller sides may be re-machined by max. 0.5 mm of the total width.
Ensure that they are parallel. The max. roughness admissible is R^ = 6 /tm, parallel
deviation 10 urn.

00C132
 G e n e r a l Drawing a n d L i s t of C o m p o n e n t s
Pump
.'""Wi*.

550.2 723 4115 107 230 114 109.1 106 7311« 453
9011 903.1"
920.2'
1 /t /
731.1'
903.1»l
4111"
550.1
920.1

73ir 731.1"
903.1" 903.1"
411.1" 9411 545.1 4113 210 4111« 331 507 525

List o( Components

Part No. Designation Part No. Designation

105 Suction casing 500'' Ring

107 Discharge casing 507 Thrower
109.1/.2 Stage casing 525 Spacer sleeve
114 Regenerative pump casing 545.1/.2 Bearing bush
210 Shaft 550.1/.2 Disc
230 Impeller 701 Crossover pipe
321 Deep-groove ball bearing 723 Counter flange
331 Bearing block 731.1 ^ Plug
350 Bearing cover 731.3 Pipe union
411.1 'V4:/.3/.4/.5 Gasket 901.1/J2 Hex. head bolt
412.4- O-ring 903.1 "/.2 Threaded plug
433 Mechanical seal SOS Tie bolt
4=3 Gland nut 920.1/.2 Hex. nut
•i54 Stuffing box ring 930.1 Savety device
4=7 Neck ring 932J2^ Circiip
453 Lantern ring 940 Key
451 Gland packing 941.1 Disk key
47S.1 Stationary seal ring
'.) ConstiTjcJon C
2) Consrruaion G and GG

00C133
 f

For the intermediate casing it is required to re-machine the contact surface in order to prevent any
changes of the impeller clearance (see page 7, section 11).
Only re-machine parts where it is absolutely required.
If the pump has several stages and complete repairs are carried out, it is recommended to mark
re-machined stages to distinguish them from new ones in order to avoid difficulties with regard to
assemby and efficiency (shaft length, displacement of woodruff keys).

VI.2 Impeller. Part N° 230

The impeller sides may be re-machined by max. 0.5 mm of the total impeller width.
Please take note also of the remarks under 6.1.

VI.3 Bearing Bush. Part N° 545.1 and Following

The bearing bushes are glued with a special bonding agent.

Before applying the bonding agent, the surfaces to be glued together should be free from grease
and thoroughly cleaned.

VI.4 Packing Rings. Part N° 461

When assembling, make sure that the number of rings is correct and that the lantern ring
functions properly with regard to the flow opening.

VI.5 Mechanical Seals

Check the 0-rings for proper functioning.

Replace damaged 0-rings by new ones. Polish the friction faces, if necessary, and carefully
check whether the faces are even and do not show any score marks.
When assembling the mechanical seal take note of the sense of rotation of the spring winding and
the installation dimensions. If the bearing is used again, clean the raised face from all deposits
and polish, if required.

000134
 m
X
o
a
(0
a
<
5

731.1" HEEU
903.1 "
Ul.l"
U1.2
903.2

r,5

331 525 321 930.1 360 901.2

91.1.1

4
210

,. ^ ^
9(.0
S-t-B'-l-
1 •-•)
«iX.
. 1
91.1.1

731.lJ 73 l.I 9 3 2 . 2 " «.33 A1U US.I uv-m

9031" 500" 412.1.
1.11.1"

» • f «
 f-%

Vn DTSMANTLING AND REASSEMBLY PIJMPS WITH GT.ANP PACKING

Separate the pump from the system circuit by closing the suction and discharge gate valves ; then
dismantle it from the system.

Vn.l Dismantling

a) Follow the instructions below with due consideration of the pump's general drawing and the
list of components.
b) Dismantling commences on the side opposite to the drive.
The bare shaft end is supported by an internal plain bearing bush. Remove .tie bolts 905 to
loosen discharge casing 107.
c) Dismantle discharge casing 107.
d) Dismantle regenerative pump casing 114, impeller 230, woodruff key 941.1 and next
regenerative pump casing in this order. If stainless steel impellers are used, molybdenum
disulphide paste must be afpplied to the bare shaft end in order to avoid jamming.
Loosen gland nut 453 as well as packing rings 461.
e) Remove suction casing 106.
f) Remove bearing cover'360 and antifriction bearing 321, if installed. Withdraw bearing
block 331 using pull-off device.

VII.2 Works to be Carried out after Dismantling

a) Thoroughly clean all pump parts ; replace the antifriction bearings by new ones, if
required.
b) Check the parts' condition and replace worn parts by new ones, if required.
c) The carbon bearing bushes have to be glued in using a polymerizable special, bonding agent
(make : Loctite or similar).

Vn.3 Reassembly

Reassembly commences on the stationary bearing side, i.e. on the drive side. The instructions
below must be followed under all circumstances^
a) Apply molybdenum disulphide paste to all friction surfaces.
Exception : raised faces of carbon bearing bushes.
The pump is sealed by gaskets.

000136
b) In order to avoid overloads tighten tie bolts by means of a torque wrench according to the
table below :

Thread MIO M 12
Torque in Nm 25 40

c) After assembling the gland packing components in the flange push complete part into the
shaft.
d) Mount thrower 507, spacer sleeve 525, antifriction bearing 321 and disc 930.1 onto shaft
210 and fasten these parts in the bearing block seat 331.
e) Put a gasket 411.3 on the casings. Continue assembly in the sequence-of-the.individual
stages. Assemble stage casing 109.1, then 109.2, woodruff key 941.1, impeller 230 and the next
stage casing.
f) Mount discharge casing 107.
g) Insert tie bolts 905 and tighten them by means of a torque wrench.

VII.4 Works to be Carried out after Reassembly

a) Check the torque of the tie bolts and re-tighten them, if required.
b) Subject the pump to a pressure test and check for tightness.
c) Re-instaU the pump in the plant. Take note of the start-up instructions.

Vm DISMANTLING AND REASSENrBLY PUMPS WITYI NrF.CHANTCAL SEAL

Preparations for Dismantling :

Separate the pump from the system circuit by closing the suction and discharge gate valves ; then
dismande it from the system.

VUH.l Dismantling

a) Follow the instructions below with due consideration of the pump's general drawing and the
list of components.
b) Dismantling commences on the side opposite to the drive. The bare shaft end is supported
by an internal plain bearing bush. Remove tie bolts 905 to loosen discharge casing 107.

00C137
 ^

c) Remove discharge casing 107.

d) Dismantle regenerative pump casing 114, impeller 230, woodruff key 941.1 and next
regenerative pump casing in this order. If stainless steel impellers are used, molybdenum
disulphide paste must be applied to the bare shaft end in order to avoid jamming.
e) Loosen gland nut 453 and stationary seal ring of mechanical seal.
f) Remove suction casing 106.
g) Remove bearing cover 360 and antifriction bearing 321, if installed. Withdraw bearing
block 331 using a puU-off device.
h) Dismantle spring plate of mechanical seal with spring and circlip 932.2 (or the ring 500
with screw for pump in stainless steel).

Vin.2 Works to be Carried out after Dismantling

a) Thoroughly clean all pump parts ; replace the antifriction bearings by new ones, if
required.
b) Check the parts' condition and replace worn parts by new ones, if required.
c) The carbon bearing bushes have to be glued in using a polymerizable special bonding agent
(make : Loctite or similar).

VIII.3 Reassembly

Reassembly commences on the the stationary bearing side, i.e. on the drive side. The instructions
below must be observed under all circumstances.
a) Apply molybdenum disulphide paste to all friction surfaces.
Exception : raised faces of carbon bearing bushes.
The pump is sealed by gaskets.
b) In order to avoid overloads tighten tie bolts by means of a torque wrench according to the
table below :

Thread MIO M12

Torque in Nm 25 40

c) Mount complete mechanical seal (circlip 932.2, or the ring 500 with screw spring, spring
plate) onto the shaft 210.
d) Mount stationary seal ring 475.1 of mechanical seal and gland nut 453 with gasket 411.4
and suction casing 106 onto the shaft.

00C138
e) Mount spacer sleeve 525, bearing block 331, antifriction bearing 321 and disc 930.1 onto
shaft 210 and fasten these parts in the bearing block seat 331. ,«*«*Stk

f) Put a gasket 411.3 on the casings. Continue assembly in the sequence of the individual
stages. Assemble stage casing 109.1 then 109.2, woodruff key 941.1, impeller 230 and the next
stage casing.

g) Mount discharge casing 107.

h) Insert tie bolts 905 and tighten them by means of a torque wrench.

i) Tighten gland nut until stationary seal ring and spring plate are in contact with each other.

Vlil.4 Works to be Carried out after Reassembly

a) Check the torque of the tie bolts and re-tighten them, if required.

b) Subject the pump to a pressure test and check for tightness.

c) Re-install the pump in the plant. Take note of the start-up instructions.

DC FAULTS

Pump suction fails :

- suction line or shaft seal on suction side leaks,
- excessive suction lift,
- excessive clearances between impellers and stage casings,
- wrong dirction of rotation,
- insufficient liquid quantity inside the pump,
- closed suction or discharge valve,
- faulty pipe connection,
- faulty electrical connection,
- NPSH not observed.
Noisy pump operation :

- pump running against excessive backpressure

(Qmin not reached),
- excessive suction lift or insufficient suction head
(cavitation).
Pump runs h o t :

- pump runs dry,

- pump shaft not in alignment with the motor shaft,
- warped piping,
- baseplate askew.

00C139
 m

Excessive power consumption :

- pump doesn't run on the characteristic curve and at
insufficient flow rate,
- suction side gate valve is closed,
- foreign matter inside the pump,
- stuffing box too tight,
- pump foundation is not even.
Insufficient flow rate :
- excessive clearances between impellers and stage casings,
- speed of the drive too low,
- pump sucks in air,
- gas content of medium handled is too high,
- suction side clogged,
- NPSH not observed.
Insufficient total head :
- excessive clearances between impellers and stage casings,
- insufficient inflow,
- gas content of medium handled is too high,
- non-return valve is not tight, therefore vapour formation
inside the pump,
- defective temperature controller in the feed water tank,
- water treatment plant is defective, therefore formation of
deposits inside the pump,
- pump sucks in air,
- NPSH not observed.'
Leakage between the stage casings :
- tie bolts not properly tightened,
- pump waiped due to improper piping connection or wrong
baseplate installation, '
- thermal expansion compensators not installed,
- excessive system pressure.
Leakage at shaft seal:

Gland packing :
- initial stress of gland cover not sufficient,
- inadmissibly high pressure inside the pump,
- gland packing worn.
Mechanical seal:
- foreign matter between the seal faces,
- 0-ring damaged (perhaps by dry running),
- score marks on shaft,
- scores or deposits caused by crystalline medium handled.

00C140
Blockage
- pump internals heavily corroded,
- formation of rust,
- dirt deposits (stemming from the piping),
- welding beads inside the casing,
- fault in electrical section.

NOTSE

A certain amount of noise during the operation of self-priming centrifugal pumps cannot be
avoided altogether. Nevertheless, our pump has a very low noise level owing to its special design
features.
Depending on the pump size, the noise level of our pumps ranges between 60 and 80 dB (A).
However, the reason for the noise in not always to be found in the pump. Other possible sources
of noise are, for example :
- drive engine,
- faulty installation of coupling,
- other equipment in the same room (e.g. heating system),
- water main, fittings or valves. Circulating water always produces noise (e.g.
waterhammer). By taking adequate measures this noise can be reduced to an acceptable
level. The flow velocity of the water should be kept as low as possible : between 1 and
2 m/s, at the most 3 m/s. In order to reduce the flow velocity you can use generously
dimensioned pipelines-, pressure reducers and devices to limit the flow rate.
If the pump is the source of most of the noise, the following measures will reduce the noise level

- place the pump on rubber buffers,

- insert flexible adaptors between the pump and the suction and discharge lines,
- the pipelines should not be in direct contact with walls, ceilings and floors,
- if necessary, place the pump (not the motor !) inside a sound proof enclosure.

1)0141,
 #IS

FLO-BAR
It

Averaging Pitot Tube Flowmeter

Operation and
Maintenance Manual
OMM 1035

CT PLATON Limited, Jajs Close, Vlables. Basingstoke, Mampshire, UK, RG22 4BS. Tel: (01256) 470456 Fax: (01256) 63345
A MEMBER OF ROXSPUR PLC

000142
 INDEX

Page
INTRODUCTION 1
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2
3-Vaive Manifold Block Version
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3
Plain Top Block Version
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 4
FLO-BAR TC' FACTORS 5
LOCATION OF THE FLO-BAR 6
INSTALLATION 7
Locking Gland or Flange
INSTALLATION - Liquids 8
INSTALLATION - Gases 9
DRAWING - Head Block details 10

Flo-Bu Mamul InJcs P i ( c Rev 0.

G0C143
 fl(MTI?l@©yCTO©iM

The Platon Flo-Bar™ range of Averaging Pitot Tubes, offer a family of flow
measuring devices which cover a wide range of sizes and process
applications.

The Flo-Bar™ is a rugged design with all 316 stainless steel constmction
being the standard material of manufacture, although other materials are
available; in addition the probe is all Electron beam welded. The generated
differential pressure follows a true square root law in respect to the flowing
velocity.

On the 3 valve block version, a three valve manifold-block forms an integral

part of the probe head block,, thus making it .unnecessary-for a separate
manifold block to be purchased. This head-block also allows a differential
pressure transmitter to be mounted directly onto the probe without any
other mounting hardware being added.

On the plain block version the probe head terminates in a plain block with
two 1/4" ^fPT"^^ side mounted process signal connections.

The mounting onto the process line can be by either locking gland, flange,
or 'Hot-Tap' method. The unique Flo-Bar™ probe geometry ensures that
and constant and stable flow signal is generated over a wide flow range.

reserved to- /rw<&^ tAe^ ^i^c^JtceUiong^ contalfieci Aerein/ UHiAoat' /totice>.

Flo-Bar M a l l . Pigc I Rev 0

G0C144
 MliCIHlAIMOCAIL §l?l€OI?flCATfl©(^0§
3 Valve Manifold Block Version.
Body -316 Stainless steel (Unless otherwise stated)

Internals -316 Stainless steel (Unless otherwise stated)

Manifold block -316 Stainless steel (Unless otherwise stated)

Process connections -Weld boss -Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel

- Locking Gland -Carbon Steel
-Stainless steel
-Brass
-Aluminium

-Flanged PN16andPN40
ANSI 150-3001bRF-
ANSI400-600 IbRF
ANSI 900-1500 lb RF Standard Ratings
ANSI 2500 lb RF
Process Signal
Connections -1/4" NPT'^MALE Q^ 5 4 J J ^ centres to take direct mounted DP cell.

Temperature rating -The limiting temperature factor is related to the manifold valve seats:-
Normal temperature range = 232°C
Graphoil seats = 300°C
Hi Temperature version = 530°C
At these temperatures the pressure rating of the manifold is 6000 PSIG
However the limiting pressure component will be either the locking gland
or flange rating.
It is NOT recommended that a locking gland type connection be used at
temperatures above 90°C when the line pressure is greater than I Barg.

Pressure rating -If the Flo-Bar is flange mounted, the limiting factor will be the rating
of the flange.
-If the mounting is via a locking gland, the maximum working pressures are
as follows-
Probe Diameter Locking Gland Material Locking Gland Material Locking Gland Material
(Code) 316 Stainless Steel Carbon Steel Brass
13nim(PPA) 6500 PSI 8100 PSI 3700 PSI
25nun (PPB) 5200 PSI 6500 PSI 2900 PSI

HOWEVER II It is not recommended that a Flo-Bar with a locking gland mounting should be
used at the high pressure ratings as shown above..
On a 13mm probe the maximum pressure rating with this type of fitting should be limited to lOBar.
On a 25mm probe the maximum pressure rating with this type of fitting should be limited to 5Bar.
n o B u Munul I P>«c 2 Rev 0

00C145
 IMIIICKJAINIBCM §(?!lCOI?!lCATfl©li^§
Plain Top Block Version
Body -316 Stainless steel (Unless otherwise stated)

Internals -316 Stainless steel (Unless otherwise stated)

Manifold block -316 Stainless steel (Unless otherwise stated)

Process connections -Weld boss -Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel

- Locking Gland -Carbon Steel
-Stainless steel
-Brass
-Aluminium

-Flanged PN16andPN40 )
ANSI 150-300 lb R F - )
ANSI 400 - 600 lb RF )
ANSI 900-1500 lb RF ) Standard Ratings
ANSI 2500 lb RF )
Process Signal -I/2"NPT"^" on side of head-block on 25mm diameter probe.
Connections -1/4" NPT^^^on side of head-block on 13mm diameter probe.

Temperature rating -The limiting temperature factor is related to the mounting hardware with
the limiting component will be either the locking gland or flange rating.
It is NOT recommended that a locking gland type connection be used at
temperatures above 90°C when the line pressure is above 1 Barg.

Pressure rating -If the Flo-Bar is flange mounted, the limiting factor will be the rating
of the fl^ange.
-If the mounting is via a locking gland, the maximum working pressures are
as follows:-
Probe Diameter Locking Gland Locking Gland Locking Gland
(Code) 316 Stainless Steel Carbon Steel Brass
13 mm (PPA) 6500 PSI 8100 PSI 3700 PSI
25mm (PPB) 5200 PSI 6500 PSI 2900 PSI '

HOWEVER !! It is not recommended that a Flo-Bar with a locking gland mounting should be
used at the high pressure ratings as shown above..
On a 13mm probe the maximum pressure rating with this type offittingshould be limited to lOBar.
On a 25mm probe the maximum pressure rating with this type of fitting should be limited to SBar.

FVvBu ManuU I Pifc } Re 0.

OOG 146
 i](?3STAILILAT0©M
Liquids
For correct installation the Flo-Bar must be located at the right position. For a guide to the
correct location please refer to the information shown on page Flo-Bar Manual 1 Page 6 Rev 0.

The type of flowing medium must be taken into consideration when the installation position is
decided upon. The type of flowing medium fall into three main fields:-
Liquids - Gases - Steam.
Liquids
Liquids in Vertical pipes.
The Flo-Bar may be inserted into the pipe at any angle around the circumference, but for best
results, the impulse lines which are
connected to any secondary Process Connections
instrumentation should be angled slightly
downwards away from the probe. This Manifold
Block - j ^ O - Equalisation
will assist in keeping the impulse lines lull
of liquid. Any air bubbles or air pockets
in these lines will cause false signals to be
measured by the DP cell or gauge. The
ionX y^ Isolation
Isolation
design of the Flo-Bar manifold head block
means that there is no need for a separate Probe
_L
3-valve manifold to be added to the
Differential Pressure Transmitter, as the
\AA^
system may be isolated and then equalised
at the probe head.

If the Flo-Bar version is a "Plain Block" type then a separate 3-valve manifold system will have to
be added between the probe and the DP cell/ DP gauge as an additional item.

Liquid in Horizontal Pipes.

The'Flo-Bar should be installed into the bottom of the pipe
or through the side, but always keeping the head of the
probe with the process connections below the pipe
centreline, this again will assist in keeping the impulse lines
filled with liquid and any gas will be able to exit through
the probe. Care must be taken to ensure that the
impulse-lines are completely filled, any gas bubbles in the
lines or trapped within the secondary instrumentation will
cause inaccuracy in the reading. If bubbles were to form Horizontal Pipe
in ordy one of the impulse line, this would result in an
ofif-set being introduced into the system.. The impulse tubing should be at least 6mm (1/4") OD,
but the actual specification will depend upon the flowing parameters ie. Pressure and
Temperature.
Flo-Bu Mtn I Pi«c I Rev 0

00C147
 f
12 mm hole for fixing 54 mm
e'^^raining cable (cuslomers
12 mm Diameter boll hole for top-
mounted DP transmitter.

HP & LP ports

Head Block Details for 3-Valve Manifold Version.

95mm (On the 25mm Die Flo-Bar)

90mm (On the 13mm Dia Flo-Bar)
pcess connections
V'NPTon 13mm Probe
r'NPT on 25mm Probe

6 mm hole for fixing

restraining cable (customers
supply).

Head Block Details for Plain Block Version

HEAD BLOCK DETAILS FOR FLO-BAR AVERAGING PITOT TUBES.

Flo-Bar Manual I Page 10 Rev 0

00C148
 0li^STAILIL'AT3©l?3

At the time of installation, a check should be made to ensure that the flowing conditions at the
point of installation are the same as those detailed on the Flo-Bar Calculation Sheet, which is
supplied with the probe. Any deviation from these flowing parameters could result in an alteration
to the generated Differential Pressure.

The Flo-Bar must be inserted into the line facing the correct direction. The arrow which is to be
found on the probe label, must point in the direction of flow.

Example of label to be found on the 3-valve manifold head block version.

CTPIaton FLQ-BAR
For maximum working cond'rtioMreferto calculation certificate
Part No. BSEBSBBBBEBEBB ^^ ^' I
Serial No. BflHQBBBBHBHHBj Made In England

Example of label to be found on the plain head block version.

CT Platon
FLO-BAR
|HPBE«M ROW is@a»^LP|
Part No.
SefiaiNai
ITaghio.
Made In England

In both versions of the head block is a hole, where the customer can fix a restraining cable if
required.

F1o-Bv VUnual I Page 11 Rev 0

 IME 62005-6-7

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MODEL E1151DP AND E1151HP
DIFFERENTIAL AND HIGH DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS

CAUTION:

TO AVOID POSSIBLE
WARRANTY INVALIDATION PLEASE
READ BEFORE ATTEMPTING
INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE

CONTENTS
Installation Page1
Calibration 5
Theory of Operation 10
Maintenance ' 12
Troubleshooting 15
Mechanical Specification 16
Ordering Information 17
Parts Drawing 20
Parts List 21
Sensor Module Selection List 23
I.S. Operation 25
Circuit Diagram 27

'ALPHALINE' and '6-CELL' are Rosemount Trademarks

ROSEMOUNT MODEL 1151 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS ARE PROTECTED BY

U.S. PATENTS NO. 3.271,669; 3,318,153; 3,618,390; 3,646.538;
3,195,028; 3,793, 885; 3,800,413; 3,854.039; and 3,859.594.\ PATENTE MEXICAN A NO. 118,892.
OTHER U.S. AND FOREIGN PATENTS ISSUED OR PENDING
CANADA PATENTED 1968, 1974.
G 50
NOV.
Health and Safety at W o r k etc. A c t 1 9 7 4

1 . W e wish to inform you that in accordance with Section 6 of the above Act, w e take every
care, as far as is reasonably practicable to ensure that our products are safe without risk to
health when properly used. However, as manufacturers and suppliers of a wide range of
products, w e would advise you that related information for these products will be f o u n d in
the following literature:
— Regulations, British Standards Specifications, and Codes of Practice, as applicable to the
Intended application of the products.
— Regulations for electrical equipment of buildings (published by the Institution of Electrical
Engineers).
— Catalogues and product leaflets of this Company or literature which may be obtained by
specific request to the Company.

2 . It is important that the products concerned should be installed, commissioned and main-
tained by, or under the supervision of, competent persons in accordance w i t h good
engineering practice and:
— lEE Regulations for the electrical equipment of buildings.
— Codes of Practice, as applicable to the intended application of the products.
— Statutory Requirements.
— Any instructions specifically advised by the Company and where appropriate, w i t h par-
ticular reference to information marked on the product. The product m u s t only be used in
the condition supplied, w i t h o u t modification, and for the purpose for w h i c h i t w a s
designed. /

3. Under Section 2 of the A c t you are therefore requested to take such steps as are necessary
t o ensure that any appropriate information relevant t o our products is made available by y o u
t o everyone concerned.

0GC151.
 INSTALLATION 3. The liquid head must be kept balanced o n both
legs of the impulse piping
Jeneral 4. Impulse piping s h o u l d be kept as short as
possible
The quality of a (low or level measurement
depends to a great extent on the proper installation
5. Ambient temperature gradients and fluctuations
of the transmitter and the impulse piping. For flow
should be avoided
measurement, proper Installation of the primary
measuring element is also critical to the accuracy of
For liquid flow measurement, taps should be
the measurement.
made to the side of the line to avoid sediment
deposits, and the transmitter should be mounted
Because of process and economic consider- beside or below the taps so that gases will v^nt Into
V. atlons, flow and level transmitters must often be the process line. For gas flow measurement, t a p s '
installed in harsh environmental locations. The should be made to the top or side of the line and the
transmitter s h o u l d , however, be located to minimise, transmitter should be mounted beside or above the
the effects of temperature gradients and taps so that liquid will drain Into the process line.
temperature fluctuations, and to avoid vibration and For steam flow measurement, taps should be made
shock. to the side of the line and the transmitter should be
mounted below the taps so that the i m p u l s e p i p i n g
Mounting will stay filled with condensate. See Figure 1. For
steam service, lines should be filled w i t h w a t e r to
The 1151DP transmitter may be supported by prevent contact of the live steam w i t h the trans-
the piping c o n n e c t i o n s if it is mounted directly at mitter. Condensatd chambers are not necessary
he point of measurement, or may be wail mounted since the volumetric displacement of the transmitter
or m o u n t e d t o a 2-inch pipe by means of the mount- is negligible.
ing bracket accessory.
The piping between the process and the trans-
Process connections on the transmitter flanges
mitter must transfer the pressure seen at the pro-
are 1/4-18 NPT. Flange adapter unions are supplied
cess taps to the transmitter. Possible sources of
w h i c h have 1/2-14 NPT connections. The flange
error in this pressure transfer are:
adapters allow the transmitter to be easily discon-
nected from the process- by removing the flange
1. Leaks
adapter b o l t s . The process connections on the
flanges are on 2-1/8" centres to allow direct
2. Friction loss (particularly if purging Is used)
m o u n t i n g to orifice flanges. By rotating the flange,
adapters, the connection centres of 2 " , 2-1/8' or"
3. Trapped gas in a liquid line (head error)
2-1/4" can be obtained. (The high range differential
pressure transmitters, ranges 6, 7 and 8, are slightly
4. Liquid in gas line (head error)
wider. Since they do not have the standard 2-1/8 inch
centres, the high range transmitters cannot be used
5. Temperature-induced density variation between
w i t h a standard 3-valve manifold.)
legs (head error).'
To ensure a tight seal on the adapter flange, the
The following precautions are s u g g e s t e d to
' o l l o w i n g procedure should be performed: finger
minimise the possibility of errors:
.ighten both bolts, wrench tighten first bolt, wrench
tighten second bolt, then retlghten first bolt.
1. Make impulse piping as short as p o s s i b l e
The transmitter body may be rotated in the
2. Slope piping at least 1 inch per foot up toward
flanges for mounting convenience. As long as the
the process connection for liquid and s t e a m
flanges are vertical, there is no shift in zero caused
by rotating the transmitter body. If the flanges are
3. Slope piping at. least 1 i n c h per foot down
horizontal (for example, to measure flow in a vertical
toward the process connections for gas
pipe) the transmitter must be rezeroed to cancel the
liquid head effect caused by the difference in height
4. Avoid high points in liquid lines and low p o i n t s
of the process c o n n e c t i o n .
in gas lines
Impulse piping
5. Keep both impulse legs at the same temperature
Proper location of the transmitter with respect
6. Use impulse piping of sufficient diameter ic
to the process pipe depends on the process
avoid friction effects
material. The following should be considered in
d e t e r m i n i n g the best location:
7. Ee sure all gas is vented from liquid piping ieg

1. Corrosive or hot procass material must be kept 8. When sealing fluid is used, fill b o t h piping leg
j u t of contact w i t h the transmitter to the same level

2. Sediment should be kept from depositing in the 9. When purging is used, make the purge c o r
i m p u l s e piping necticn close to the process taps anc! purge throug

00C152
 FIGURE 1
INSTALLATION

PIPING ARRANGEMENTS FOR FLOW MEASUREMENT

GAS SERVICE LIQUID OR STEAM SERVICE

Vcnt/Orain
PIU9S
.«^

Plugged Tees
for steam servic* —r
or sealing fluid il

Sufficient
length for
cooling

Vent/Drain
Plugs

Nott: For m a m service do not blow

down impulse piping through transmitter.
Flush lines with blocking valves closed and
refill lines with water before resuming
measurement.

- WIRING CONNECTIONS

POWER
/
SUPPLY

O
SIGNAL LOOP MAY BE Q R O U N D E D A T
^ ^ A N Y P O I N T OR L E F T U N G R O U N D E D

0G0153
V,!

equal lengths of the same size pipe. Avoid purging
through the transmitter.
,„^ Wiring
Signal terminals are located in the electrical
housing in a separate compartment. Connections
can be made by removing the cover on the side
designated as "terminal side" on the nameplate.
The upper terminals are the signal terminals and the
lower terminals are test or indicator terminals
(Figure 1). The test terminals have the same current
signal (4-20 mADC) as the signal terminals for use
V. with the optional indicating meter or for testing. All
power to the transmitter is supplied over the signal
wiring. There is no additional wiring required. DO
NOT CONNECT POWERED SIGNAL WIRING TO
T H E TEST TERMINALS. Power will blow out the
diode in the test connection. If this should acciden-
tally happen, the test connection can be shorted out
for operation of the transmitter.
Signal wiring need not be shielded, but twisted
pairs should be used for best results. Signal wiring
. should not be run in conduit or in open trays with
power wiring, and should not be run near heavy elec-
trical equipment.
Conduit connections o'n the transmitter hous-
ing should be sealed or plugged (using a sealing
compound) to avoid accumulation of moisture in the
housing. If the connections are not sealed, the trans-
mitter should be mounted with the electrical
housing downward for draining.
Signal wiring may be ungrounded (floating) or
grounded at any place in the signal loop. The trans-
mitter case may be grounded or ungrounded. Power
s u p p l y regulation is not critical, even with a power
supply ripple of 1 volt peak to peak, the ripple in the
o u t p u t signal w o u l d be negligible.
Because the transmitter is capacitance coupled
to g r o u n d , insulation resistance should not be be
' h e c k e d with a high voltage megger. No more, than
100 voits should be used in circuit checks.
NOTE; For intrinsically safe installations where a
500V runs test is required contact Rosemount for
special instructions.
Output current is limited to 30 mADC on the
4-20 m A D C unit.
Hazardous locations
FLAMEPROOF VERSION
The unit has been certified by the British
Approvals Ser/ice for Electrical Equipment
(BASE5FA) for use in Division I Flammable Atmos-
pheres for gas groups IIA and MB, Temperature
C l a s s i f i c a t i o n To. BASE5FA No. 73011.
The unit is certified by BASEEFA for use in
azardous locations when used with or without the
meter o p t i o n .
The c e r t i f i c a t i o n is valid only provided that the
000154
m
installation of the unit complies with the information
relating to the use of appropriate cable glands,
cable and conduit entry blanking plugs ?s supplied.
The end caps of the housing are locked In posi-
tion by hexagon socket screws, which can be
removed by use of the special spanner provided.
Adjustment of the zero and span controls may
be made whilst the unit is in operation in a hazar-
dous location. When mounted in a hazardous area in
no circumstances may the end caps be removed
with the electrical power connected.
To meet the requirements of BASEEFA t h e
sensor body is locked to the electronics housing by
a tab washer: this must not be removed or made non-
effective.
INTRINSICALLY SAFE OPERA TION
The unit has-been certified for use in Division 0
Areas by the British Approvals Service for Electrical
Equipment for Rammable Atmospheres (BASEEFA) for
gas group IIC (Hydrogen) Temperature Class T 8
BASEEFA No. 72174/B. An equivalent CENELEC
approval is available under CENELEC certificate
812309. .
1. Validity of Certification
The certificate is only valid provided that t h e
equipment is installed to specific requirements
which include adherence to BASEEFA document
"Installation Conditions" Issue 5 June .1st 1978
and the approved Systems Drawing.
A number of intrinsically safe systems have been
approved using the model 1151 pressure trans-
mitter, it is not practical to detail them all in this
handbook, however two examples are shown.
2. Limitations of supply voltage and load resistance
to zener safety barrier
The ISoG-W Barrier contains 28V dc zsner diodes
and when used in the configuration as shown in
the installation diagram care must be exercised
to ensure that the potential difference between
pins 1 and 2 of the barrier does not .exceed 26,5V
dc and that the potential across the transmitter
input terminals is not less than 12 voits.
If the 26,5V dc maximum is exceeded, current
leakage through the zener barrier will occur, and if
a potential of less than 12V dc is present across
the transmitter input terminals, the transmitter
electronics will not function correctly. Both o
these conditions will introduce errors in the out
put current. Therefore the value of the stabilise
voltage supply and the value of the load resia
tance are inter-related and important to the sati;
factory operation of the transmitter.
The relationship between the value of the supp
voltage and load resistance is shown in Figure
To maintain the specified accuracy, values mu
be chosen from within the shaded area of it
graph.
C. Cables Indicating meter
The cables between the transmitter and the safety On the Installation drawing it states that any
barrier must meet requirements which are specific approved meter may be used. Any moving coil
to a systems, examples and shown in Dwg. instrument v/ill possess self-inductancs anr'
6-002-C004 and Dwg. 6-002-3006 Any cable maybe unless the effect of this inductance is nullifiec*****!
used provided It meets, the requirements of additional -circuitry the whole system coet*«i'
inductance, capacitance and inductance/resis- become unsafe. The term approved meter is used
tance ratio. for instruments v/hich have been tested for
inductive effects after the appropriate circuitry,
has been added.

-FIGURE 2
600 "
1/

MTL12a 23V/3C0 BARRIER (3500)

1
•i .A. /-C i
(.-
•=00 - /-'' "?-• 1

\/
/'^•'^^^^t
T •¥
-i V- /s^lSj
FIELD LOAD POWER /.:4iiSM'J
TFIANSMITTEH " = • RESISTANCE SUPPLY /-^•^n^S'.'z. jjzr'/1
4-20mA • "~ /-SS:^?/, /
• I ' l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 /.S^:-^-''-^~/ :-l

^pn 1 1 1 1 1 1M 1 1h
1 1 1 1 \/.s^m
E = MINIMUM SUPPLY VOLTAGE

2
i
THE OPE.=lATlCN OF THE TRANSMITTER 1 1 1 1 11
•REGARDING LOAD RESISTANCE/SUPPLY .
VOLTAGE IS LIMITED TO WITHIN THE
Hi SHADED AREA.
O 1
•z 1 1• 1 1 1 1 1 /• y i . l r i ; j * - * / '-•^•":«> ' / *'' fi
< 300 ._/i-^t^*'*~^y-*^"->^'»^ / „ j^""/
»-
tn
tn
UJ
c:
a
•< ,'
o
/ ^r^^/,^Mr/M^S^ \
• P / - ^ ? u ? / : S ^ ^ ^ •^^^••: I
2C0
,
- - 1
I
100
1 I ''. *W^M07:&&i^r:: p-
/ • / / • • / ' ^
-J
/ / • / • • ' • • ' • /

1— 1 1
' ' ' ' 24
1
^ 23 «
10 12 1-1 16 13 20 22
POWE.=t SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
NOTE:
W h e n the (ield transmitter is a unit in the El 151 series, the appropriate
v o l t a g e in the shaded area is E = 12 Volts.

• c u r e 2. H a z a r d o u s L o c a t i o n s

000155

CALIBRATION —E output
o p t i o n (4-20 mA)
Span adjustment range
The span on all 1151 transmitters is continu-
ously adjustable to allow calibration anywhere
b e t w e e n maximum span and 1/6 of maximum span.
For example, the span on a range 4 1151 can be
continuously adjusted between 0-150' HjO.lo 0-25'
HjO.
Zero adjustment range
The zero on an 1151 v^ith the E output option
c a n be adjusted for up to 5 0 0 % suppression or
6CQ% elevation (Figure 3).
The zero may be elevated or suppressed to the
above extremes with the limitation that no applied
pressure within the calibrated range exceeds the
full-range pressure limit. For example, a range 4
1151 cannot be calibrated for 100"-200' H , 0 (only
100% zero suppression) because the 200" H j O
exceeds the 150' H^O full-range pressure limit of a
range 4.
In order to achieve large amounts of elevation
or suppression it is necessary to reposition a switch
on the component side of the amplifier b o a r d . This
slide switch, shown in Figure 4, has three positions.
The middle position will allow normal amounts of
elevation or suppression. In order to achieve large
elevations or suppressions it will be necessary to
move this switch to the "elevate zero" or "suppress
zero" position. The transmitter may be calibrated to
cross zero (eg -75* H,0 to -f-75' H,0) hut this m a y
result in a slight reduction in linearity.

FIGURES
ZERO ADJUSTMENT RANGE (4—20 mA OUTPUT)

20 _

6 0 0 % Zero Elevation Output

(mA)
4-

-ISO -125 •75 -25 0 25

Pressure
2 0 -T-
(ins w.g)
Output N o Zero Elevation
(mA) or Suppression

Pressure 4 -r
(ins w.g)
25

20
A
Output 5 0 0 % Zero Suppression
(mA)

25 50 100 150
Pressure
(ins w.g)
G R A P H S BASED O N A R A N G E 4
( 0 - 2 5 " H 2 O TO 0 — 1 5 0 " H2O)
WITH A CALlBRATEa SPAN O F 2 5 ' H-,0

0GC15
 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5
ELEVATION SUPPRESSION ZERO AND SPAN
-*«"*»<
SWITCH (4-20 mA OUTPUT) ADJUSTMENT

ZERO

Elavatlon SPAN
Supprassion
Switch/Jumper

NoU: Switch loeattd on eompantnt side ot amplintr board.

Board must b* unpluggad Irom Iransmitttr to gain accass to
ttiis switch.

Recommended procedure for zero and span until the o u t p u t , w i t h 0 ' HjO pressure input.
adjustment equals

The zero and span adjustment screws are ac-

4 mA X (Existing SoariV _
Desired S p a n / ~
c e s s i b l e externally and are located behind the
nameplate o n the side of the electronics housing
/100'\
4 mA 8 mA
(Rgure 5). The output of the transmitter increases Vso-;
with c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n of the adjustment screws. (If the s p a n w a s to be increased from 50 to 100*
HjO the span • screv/ would be turned
The zero a d j u s t m e n t screw and the "elevate/ c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e until the output, w i t h 50 H j O
s u p p r e s s z e r o " s w i t c h have very little effect on the input, e q u a l l e d
s p a n . The s p a n a d j u s t m e n t , however, does affect
zero. The effect is m i n i m i s e d , when no suppression or /Existing Soan\
elevation is present at this point where the span 2Q "^A X (^Des.reo Span J =
a d j u s t m e n t changes the zero output and the full-
scale output by approximately the same percentage. 20 m A / s o i N = 10 m A
Therefore, it is best to calibrate the transmitter from VlOO" )
zero to the desired span and finish the calibration by C. Adjust the zero screw c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to bring
a d j u s t i n g the zero screw (and elevate/suppress zero the o u t p u t , w i t h 0 " input, back to 4 mA. The trans-
s w i t c h if necessary) to achieve the desired elevation mitter c a l i b r a t i o n s h o u l d now be very close to 0 t o
or s u p p r e s s i o n . 50' H j O .
Example (for an 1151DP4)
Initial t r a n s m i t t e r c a l i b r a t i o n : 25 to 125 H,0 D. Check full-span o u t p u t and fine tune the span and .
(100" HjO s p a n w i t h gas suppressed 25 HjO) zero a d j u s t m e n t if required. Remember zero adjust-
ments do not affect s p a n , but span a d j u s t m e n t s do •
Desired t r a n s m i t t e r c a l i b r a t i o n : -75 t o 25- HjO
affect zero predictably. A d j u s t i n g the span screw
(50" HjO span w i t h zero elevated 7 5 ' H.O
will affect the zero 1/5 as m u c h as it a f f e c t s the '
span. To c o m p e n s a t e for this effect, simply o v e r - ,
A. A d j u s t zero to e l i m i n a t e any existing zero ele-
compensate by 2 5 % . For example, if, after
v a t i o n or s u p p r e s s i o n . W i t h 0 ' pressure applied to
completing Step C, the transmitter o u t p u t read
transmitter, turn zero adjustment clockwise until
19.S00 m A at 5 0 " H , 0 the span pot w o u l d be turned
o u t p u t reads 4 mA. The unit is now calibrated 0 to clockwise until t h e ' o u t p u t (at 5 0 ' HjO) read 20.02S
100- H j O . mA.
B. Adjust the span to the desirecJ r.ew span. To 19.900 -r (20.000 — 19.900) x 1.25 =
reduce the s p a n , turn the scan screw clockwise 19.900 -^ .125 = 20.025.

00C15
 Since the span adjustment affects zero 1/5 as much
as the span, the .125 mA increase in span causes a
.025 mA increase In zero. Therefore, turn the zero
'adjustment counterclockwise (at 50" HjO) until the
output reads 20.000 mA.The unit should now be cali-
brated for 0 to 50- H,0).
E- Elevate zero. Turn zero screw clockwise until
the output reads 4 mA with,-75" HjO applied to the
high side of the transmitter. The output-may stop
changing before the desired 4 mA reading is
obtained. If this occurs, turn off power to' the unit,
unplug the amplifier board (refer to exploded view
and parts list in the back of this manual to locate the
amplifier board), change the switch'position (Figure
3) to "elevate zero", plug the amplifier back in and
complete the zero adjustment. If the zero was being
suppressed, the same basic procedure would apply
except the switch would be thrown to the suppress
zero position.
F. Recheck full scale and zero and fine tune if
necessary.
Damping adjustment
The E output 4-20 mA amplifier board Is
designed to permit damping of rapid pulsations in
the pressure source by adjusting the trimmer
marked "Damping" located on the solder side of the
amplifier board (Rgure 5). The settings available
provide time constant values between 0.2 seconds
(nominal) and 1.66 seconds. The instrument Is cali>
brated and delivered with this adjustment set at the
counterclockwise stop (0.2 second time constant). It
is recommended that the shortest possible time
constant setting be selected. Since the transmitter
calibration is not influenced by the time constant
setting, the damping adjustment may be set with the
transmitter installed on the process. Turn the
"Damping" adjustment clockwise until the desired
damping is obtained.
Caution: the pot has positive stops at both ends.
Forcing the pot beyond the stops may cause perma-
nent damage.

There is some mechanical backlash in the zero

and span adjustments, so there will be a dead band
when direction of adjustment is changed. Because
of the backlash the simplest procedure, if the de-
sired setting is overshot, is to overshoot purposely a FIGURE 6
larger amount before reversing the direction of the
adjustment. LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT
(4—20 mA OUTPUT)
Linearity adjustment
OampiRg
AdiuiimMil
In addition to the span and zero adjustments
there is a linearity adjustment located on the solder
side of the amplifier board (Figure 6). This is a fac-
tory calibration adjusted for optimum performance
over the calibrated range of the instrument and is
not normally adjusted in the field. If it is desired to
optimize linearity over some particular range, the
"allowing procedure should be used:

1. Apply mid-range pressure and note the error

between theoretical and actual output signal

2. Apply full-scale pressure. Multiply the error

noted in Step 1 by six and by the range down factor.

• r.r,^a ^«,..-. •--» Maximum Allowable Span

Range down factor = calibrated Span

Add the result* to the full-scale output for negative

errors, or subtract the result from the full-scale out-
put for positive errors by adjusting the trimmer
marked "Linearity" (Figure 5). Example: At 4 to 1
range down the midscate point is low by .05 mA.
Unsarily
Therefore, adjust "Linearity" trimmer until full-scale Adjustment
'jtput increases by (0.05 mA x 6 x 4) = 1.2 mA.
Access 10 linearity i n d dampinq adjuslments Is gained Sy
timely removing cover on eircuti board side
Readjust zero and span.

00C158
Span correction
FIGURE 7
for high line pressure
WET LEG EXAMPLE
IHigh static pressure will cause a small span
^ ^
shift in the transrnitter. The^span change is —1.5%
of reading/1000 p^i for the 0—5/30' HjO range unit
and — 1 . 0 % of reading/1000 psi for the other ranges
(0—25/150'- H , 0 , 0—125/750' H , 0 , 0—17/100 psid,
0—50/300 psid. 0—170/1000 psid). This shift can be
compensated prior to installation by changing the
span calibration at zero static pressure.

Example: it Is desired to operate a 0—25/150*.HjO

range unit calibrated to 0 — 1 0 0 ' H^O at a line
pressure of 1200 psi. The line pressure effect will be
-1% X 1200 psi = -1.2%
1000 psi
Since the full-scaie output of the transmitter will be
lower by 1.2% when operated at line pressure, the
span output should be increased by 1.2% at 0 line Let X equal the vertical distance between the
pressure (I.e., 1.2% of 16 mA = .192 mA). The trans- minimum and maximum measurable levels
mitter should be calibrated to 4 mA at 0 ' HJD and (500 inches).
20.192 mA at 1 0 0 ' HjO. Let Y equal the vertical distance between the
transmitter datum line and the minimum
measurable level (50 inches).
Let z equal the vertical distance between the
top of the liquid in the wet leg and the trans-
mitter datum line (600 inches).
Liquid level measurement Let SG, equal the specific gravity of the fluid
(1.0).
Closed vessels Let S G j equal the specific gravity of the fluid
in the wet leg (1.1).
In closed vessels the pressure above the liquid Let h equal the maximum head pressure to
w i l l affect the pressure measured at the bottom. The be. measured in inches of water.
pressure at the bottom of the vessel is equal to the Let e equal the head pressure produced by Y
height of the liquid multiplied by the specific gravity expressed in inches of water.
of the liquid plus the vessel pi-essure. Let s equal head pressure produced by z
expressed in inches of water.
To measure true level, the vessel pressure must Let Range equal e — s to h + e — s.
be subtracted from the measurement. This is accom-
plished by making a pressur.e tap at the top of the Then h = (X) (SG,)
vessel and connecting this to the low side of a = 500 x'1.0
differential pressure transmitter. Vessel pressure is = 500 inches WC
now equally applied to both the high and low sides e = (Y) (SG,)
of the transmitter. The resulting differential pressure = 50 X 1.0
is p r o p o r t i o n a l to liquid height multiplied by specific = 50 inches WC
gravity. s = (2) (SG.)
= 600 X 1.1
Dry leg = 660 inches WC
Range = e — stoh-4-e — s
If the gas above the liquid does not condense = =0 — 650 to 500 -T- 50 — 660
the piping for the low side of the transmitter will = —610 to —110 inches WC
remain empty. Calculations for determining the
range will be the same as those shown for open
vessel b o t t o m m o u n t e d transmitters.
H ZEHO ELEVATION 20
Wet leg

If the gas above the liquid condenses, the mAOC

piping for the low side of the transmitter will slowly
fill up w i t h l i q u i d . To eliminate this potential error,
the pipe is purposely filled w i t h a convenient
reference f l u i d .

The reference fluid will exert a head pressure on

the low sice of the transmitter, and zero elevation of
the range m u s ; be m a c e .

000159
Liquid level measurement in open vessels
Differential pressure transmitters, used for
quid level, measure hydrostatic pressure head.
I his pressure is equal to the liquid height above the
tap multiplied by the specific gravity of the liquid. It
is independent of volume or vessel shape.
In open vessels a pressure transmitter mounted
near the bottom of the tank will measure the
pressure corresponding to the.height of-the fluid
above it.
The connection is made to the high pressure
side of the transmitter. The low pressure side is
vented to atmosphere.
If the zero point of the desired level range is
above the transmitter, zero suppression of the range
must be made.
FIGURES
LEVEL MEASUREMENT
EXAMPLE
Let X equal the vertical distance between the
minimum and maximum measurable levels
(500 inches).
Let Y equal the vertical distance between the
transmitter datum line.and the minimum
measurable level (100 inches).
Let SG equal the specific gravity of the fluid
(0.9).
Let h equal the maximum head pressure to
be measured in inches of water.
Let e equal head pressure produced by Y
expressed in inches of water.
Let Range equal e to e + h.
Then h = p<) (SG)
= 500 X 0.9
= 450 inches WC
e = (Y) (SG)
= 100 X 0.9
= 90 inches WC
Range = 90 to 540 inches WC
20
mAoc
WC
o
)n 180
"Bubbler" system for liquid level measurement
A "bubbler" system using a top mounted pres-
sure transmitter can be used in open vessels. This
system consists of an air supply, a pressure
regulator, a constant flow meter, a pressure trans-
mitter, and tube extending down into the vessel.
Air is bubbled through the tube at a constant
flow rate. The pressure required to maintain flow is
determined by the vertical height of the liquid above
the tube opening times the specific gravity.
FIGURE 9
"BUBBLER"SYSTEM
EXAMPLE
Let X equal the vertical distance between the
minimum and hiaximum measurable levels
(100 inches).
Let SG equal the specific gravity of the fluid
(1.1).
Let h equal the maximum head pressure to
be measured in inches of water.
Let Range equal zero to h.
Then h equals (X)(SG). (110 inches WC).
Range equals 0 to 110 inches WC.
20 -
/^l
1
mAOC 1
1
1
1
<^" wC no-
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE 10 "~1
ELECTRICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

CUHRCNT
SENSOR
oexecTOn
i C>;^ _
CUHUCNT
2k TEST 0
UIMITEH

SISNAL
O _

VOLTAOe
RCaULATOR

CURneNT
CONTROU

General
The blocit diagram In Rgure 10 illustrates the
operation of the system. A schematic diagram is
shown in the Drawings/Schematics Section of this
manual.

The Rosemount ivlodel 1151 Series ALPHALINE

Pressure Transmitters have a variable capacitance
sensing element, the 6-CELL (Rgure 11). Differential
capacitance between the sensing diaphragm and
the capacitor plates is converted electronically to a
2-wire 4-20 mADC.

This approach is based on the following con-

cepts:

1. P — \<
= K ^ ' ~" ^2
C, -J-C,
Where: P is the process pressure.
K is constant.
C, is the capacitance between the high
pressure side and the sensing
diaphragm.
C j is the capacitance between the low
pressure side and the sensing
diaphragm.
2- i.,,, = f V „ (C, - CJ
Where:!.,,, is the difference in current from C,
and C,
Vpg is the peak-to-peal< oscillatlcn
voltage,
f is the oscillation frequency.

I,,

Where: !,„ is the constant current source.

Therefore: P = constant x L,„ = 1,,, —:———^

r> f^ '"> -fl . ' ^ 1

yj u •:• l o 1
T h e 6-Cell sensor
Process pressure is transmitted through an
I s o l a t i n g d i a p h r a g m and silicone oil fill fluid to a
g e n s i n g d i a p h r a g m in the.centre of the o-CELL. The
r e f e r e n c e pressure is transmitted in like manner to
t h e o t h e r side of the sensing diaphragm.
T h e p o s i t i o n of the sensing diaphragm is
d e t e c t e d by the qapacitance plates on b o t h sides of
t h e s e n s i n g d i a p h r a g m . The capacitance between
t h e s e n s i n g d i a p h r a g m and either capacitor pfate is
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 150 pf. The sensor Is driven by an
o s c i l l a t o r , at roughly 32 KHz and 3 0 V „ . It Is then
r e c t i f i e d through a demodulator.
The sensing element capacitance is variable.
Therefore, the frequency is variable about a n o m i n a l
value of 32KHz.
I C l is used as a feedback control circuit and
controls the oscillator drive voltage such that:
l-
fv„ =
c, + c,
Voltage regulator
The transmitter uses zener diode D 1 1 , tran-
sistor Q2 and resistors R15 and R15 to provide a
constant voltage of 6.4 VDC for the reference and 7
VDC to supply the oscillator. IC1, IC2, and IC3.

Cemodulalor

T h e d e m o d u l a t o r consists of a diode bridge

D1-D8 w h i c h rectifies the AC signal (refer to drawing
Zero and span adjustments
"51-0135 in Drawings and Schematics section).
Zero adjustment c o m p o n e n t s c o n s i s t . o f p o t e n -
T h e DC currents through transformer windings
tiometer R35 and resistor R36 w h i c h develop a
1-12 a n d 3-10 are summed and controlled to be a
separate adjustable current that sums w i t h t h e
c o n s t a n t by I C l driving the oscillator.
sensor current. Resistors R20 or R21 m a y be
switched in by SW1 to add another fixed zero c u r - '
T h e DC current through transformer winding
rent w h i c h shifts the range of zero a d j u s t m e n t l a
2-11 is a current directly proportional to pressure; allow larger a m o u n t s of suppression or e l e v a t i o n . .
I.e.
Span adjustment is performed w i t h R32 w h i c h
1- fV„(C, - C,)
determines the amount of loop current w h i c h is
sensed and fed back to the current control a m p l i f i e r
T n e diode bridge and span temperature com-
1C3.
p e n s a t i n g t h e r m i s t o r are located inside the sensor
m o d u l e . The effect of the thermistor is controlled by
r e s i s t o r s R4 and R5 located in the electronics
housing.

Current central

The current control amplifier consists of IC3,

G3, Q4 and associated components. The IC
reference voltage is established at the j u n c t i o n of
Linearity adjustment RIO and R l 3 .

Linearity is adjusted by a variable resistance
n e t w o r k (R20, R22 and R23), capacitor C3 and
d i o d e s 0 9 and D10. The currents generated through
t h i s p a r t of the c i r c u i t are s u m m e d into the inputs of
t h e o s c i l l a t o r c o n t r o l circuit. This provides a
p r o g r a m m e d c o r r e c t i o n w h i c h raises the oscillator
p e a k - ' o - p e a k voltage to compensate for first order
n o n l i n e a r i t y of capacitance as a function of
pressure.
The current control amplifier drives the c u r r e n t
control to a level such that the current d e t e c t o r
feeds back a signal through R34 equal to the s u m of
the zero current and the variable sensor c u r r e n t .
Current limit
The current limit consisting of RIS and Q 2 pre-
vents the output current f r o m exceeding 30 m A in
an overoressure c o n d i t i o n .

Csciilator

I h e o s c i l l a t o r , consisting of c o m p o n e n t s 0 1 , Reverse polarity protection

C " 9 , C20, R29 and R30 has a frequency detsr-
rr.inec by the c a c a c i t a n c a of the sensing element Reverse polarity prorec:icn Is crovided by
znd tr-.s i n d u c t a n c e of the transfcrmer -.vir.cincs. ciiQda C13.

OOjibr- n
MAINTENANCE
NOTE: Numbers in parentheses reler to item numtsers on
exploded view on page 20.
General
The 1151 Series has no moving parts and
requires a minimum of scheduled maintenance.
Calibration procedures for adjusting or changing
ranges are outlined in the calibration section. .
Test terminals are available for in-process
checks. For bench checks the transmitter can be
divided Into three active physical components: the
sensing element, the amplifier board, and the cali-
bration board.
This section outlines a technique for checking
the components, the method for disassembly and
reassembly, and a trouble-shooting guide.
An illustrated drawing, schematic diagram,
parts location and parts list are included In this
manual.
Test terminals
The test terminals are connected across a
diode through which the loop signal current passes.
Ttie indicating meter or test equipment shunts the
diode when connected to the test terminals and as
long as the voltage across the terminals is kept
below the diode's threshold voltage, no current
passes through the diode. To ensure that there is no
leakage current through the diode when' a test
reading is being made or when an indicating meter
Is connected, the resistance of the test connection
or meter should not exceed 10 ohms for the 4-20
mADC model. Resistance values of 3 times those
shown will cause less than a 1 % error.
Sensing element checkout
The sensing element 0 is not field repairable
and must be replaced if found to be defective. If no
obvious defect, such as a punctured isolating dia-
phragm or loss of fill fluid is observed, the sensing
element may be checked in the following manner
1. Disconnect the header assembly board as
described in the disassembly section of the manual.
The sensing element need not be removed from the
electrical housing for checkout.
2. Jump connections 1 and 2 on the header
assembly.
3. Check the resistance between the com-
bined junction and the sensing element housing.
This is the resistance between one capacitor plate
and the sensing diaphragm, which is grounded to
the housing. This resistance should be greater than
10 megohms.
3. Check the capacitance between these con-
nections and the sensing element housing. This
capacitance should ba 150 + 20 picofaraCs.
ooc 1 0
5. Jump connections 3 and 4 on the header
assembly and repeat steps 3 and 4.
Circuit board checkout
/***%
The printed circuit boards 0 and © can most
easily be checkedfor a malfunction by substituting
a spare into the circuit.
For isolating a failure on the board, refer to the
schematic diagram and parts list. Reference
voltages are shown on the schematic. A block dia-
gram and a discussion of each function is included
under the theory of operation section. ^.,
Disassembly procedure
Process sensor body
1. The signal t e r m i n a l s and the test t e r m i n a l s
are accessible by unscrewing the cover @ o n the
terminal s i d e . C i r c u i t boards are l o c a t e d i n a
separate c o m p a r t m e n t identified as " C i r c u i t S i d e "
on the n a m e p l a t e . The circuit boards are a c c e s s i b l e
by unscrewing the cover @ on the c i r c u i t s i d e . It
is good practice to remove power from the trans-
mitter before removing the circuit cover.
2. Transmitter s h o u l d be removed from
service before d i s a s s e m b l i n g sensor body.
3. Process flanges ® can be detached by
removing the four large bolts ® CARE SHOULD
BE TAKEN NOT TO SCRATCH OR PUNCTURE THE
ISOLATING DIAPHRAGMS.
4. Isolating diaphragms may be cleaned with
a soft rag and a mild cleaning solution. DO NOT
USE ANY CHLORINE OR ACID SOLUTIONS TO
CLEAN THE DIAPHRAGMS. Rinse diaphragms with
clear water.
5. Flange adaptor @ and process flanges
@ may be rotated or reversed for mounting con-
venience.
Electrical housing
1. Electrical connections are located In a com-
partment identified as "Terminal Side" on the name-
plate. The terminals are permanently attached to the
housing and must not be removed or the housing '
seal between compartments will be broken. THIS
WOULD INVALIDATE THE EXPLOSION-PROOF
CONSTRUCTION OF THE HOUSING.
2. The 4-20 mADC amplifier board 0 may be •
unplugged after removing 3 holding screws 0 .
3. The header assembly board is permanently ,
attached to the sensor module 0 and contains the
temperature compensating resistors. There is
enough slack wire to pull this board off the pins and
out of the v/ay for access to the calibration board.
0-
4. The calibration beard 0 may be discon-
nected by removing the three standofis 0 and"
aligning the zero and range adjust screws so that
they are perpendicular to the board. The board may
be removed by pulling up on the interference pin on
•he 4-20 mADC board.
5. The zero and range adjustment screws
@ may berernoved by removing the nameplate
(S) and detaching the snap rings @ . .
Removing sensor from electrical housing
1. Remove amplifier board and calibration
board as described above.
2. Loosen the lock washer and lock nut © with the potentiometers on the calibration board (?)
and 0 .
3. Unscrew the sensor module 0 from the
electronics housing, being careful not to damage
the. sensor leads. Then carefully pull the header
assembly board through the hole. The threaded con-
nection has a sealing compound on it and must be
broken loose. BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAfvlAGE THE
ISOLATING DIAPHRAGMS WHEN UNSCREyVING
- H E SENSOR.
4. The sensor module 0 is a welded as-
sembly and cannot be further disassembled.
Reassembly procedure
Preliminary
1. Inspect ail " O " rings and replace If neces-
sary. Lightfy grease with silicone oil to ensure a
good seal.
2. Inspect threaded connections in both
covers @ and sensor headers 0 to make sure
five undamaged threads will fu4ly engage for flame-
proof requirements. In addition th^ locking grub
."Screws should be re-tightened.
Connecting electrical housing to sensor
1. Insert header assembly board through elec-
tronics housing.
2. Use a sealing compound on the threads of
the sensor module (?) to ensure a water-tight seal
on the electronics.
3. Screw sensor module © into electrical
housing 0 making sure that five full threads are
engaged. Be careful not to damage or twist the
sensor leads.
4. Align the sensor module with the high and
low pressure sides oriented for convenient instal-
lation.
5. Insert lock-washer © , tighten the lock nut
' ^ , and peen lock washer onto locknut flats.
NOTE; Failure to do this invalidates the flame-proof
certification.
Electrical housing
1. Examine circuit boards to see that they are
clean.
2. Check that " O " rings and snap rings are
secure on the zero and span adjustment screws
@ . The snap rings must be in place for explosion*
proof operation.
3. Make sure that the bayonet connectors on
the connection board are clean.
4. Align the zero and soan adjustment screws
and push the calibration board onto the bayonet
connectors. Secure the calibration board with the
three stand-offs 0 , T h e upper right-hand stand-off
grounds the electronics to the case and must be
firmly in place.
5. Slide the header assembly board onto the
pins with the component side toward the pins. Slide
excess wire behind calibration board.
6. Push the amplifier board 0 onto the
bayonet connectors and secure with the holding
screws 0 .
Optional Indicating meter
Meter may be rotated in its holder bracket for
convenient reading.
Process sensor body
1. Carefully placa the process ' O " ring ®
around the isolating diaphragm.
2. Place the flanges ® In the desired orien-
tation and finger tighten the four bolts («) .
3. Evenly seat the flanges on the sensor
housing by the following procedure:
a. Tighten all four bolts finger tight
b. Tighten one bolt until the flanges seat
c. Torque down the bolt diagonally across
from this one
d. Torque down the first bolt
e. Torque down the two remaining bolts
f. Inspect the flange-to-sensor seating to
be sure that the flanges are not cocked
g. Check that all four bolts are securely
tightened (with torque spanner set to 30
ft. lbs.).
Interchange of parts
Mechanical hardware, i.e. flanges, flange adap-
tors, electronics housings, electronics covers and
mounting brackets, are interchangeable among units
without regard to range, calibration or output signal
Interchange of electronics and sensors is subject U
the following conditions.
1. Indicating meters may be added to any unit.
2. The amplifier 0 and calibration 0 circui;
1 U i
boards are interchangeable among units with the 6. Original purchase order number and date of
same output signal without regard to range or model purchase.
of transmitter (1151DP, 1151HP, 1151GP, 1151AP,
1151LL). Adherence to these procedures will expedit
handling of the returned material, and will prevgj^.
3., The header assernbly board is permanently unnecessary additional charges for inspection i
attached to the sensor module and is not inter- testing to determine the problem with the devicer"
changeable.
Warranty If the material is returned for out-of-warranty
repairs, a purchase order for repairs should be"
enclosed.
Rosemount warrants ail equipment .manu-
factured by it to be free from defects in workman-
ship or material under normal use and service. If any
part of the equipment proves to be defective in wori<-
manship or maierial and if such part is, within 24
months of the date of shipment from the Seller's
factory, returned to such factory, transportation
charges prepaid, and if the same is found by the
Seller to be defective in worl^manship or material, it
will be replaced or repaired, free of charge, f.o.b. the
Seller's factory. The Seller assumes no liability for
consequential damages of any kind, and the Buyer
by acceptance of this equipment will assume all
liability for the consequences of its use or misuse by
the Buyer, his employees or others. A defect within
the meaning of this warranty in any part of any piece
of equipment shall not, when such part is capable of
being renewed, repaired or replaced, operate to
condemn such piece of equiprnent.

This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties

(including without limiting the generality of the fore-
going warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose), guarantees, obligations or liabi-
lities expressed or implied by the Seller or its repre-
sentatives and by the statute or rule of law.

Return of material

ivlaterial returned for repair, whether in or out of

warranty, should be shipped prepaid to:

Rosemount Engineering Company Umited

Durban Road, Bognor Regis, Sussex.

The shipping container should be marked:

Return for Repair
Model

The returned material should he accompanied

by a letter of transmittal which should include the
following:
1. . Location, type of service and length of time in
service of the device.
2. Description of the faulty operation of the device
and the circumstances of the failure.

3. Name and telephone number of the person to

contact if there are questions about the returned
material.

4. Statement as to whether warranty or non-

warranty service is requested.

5. Complete shipping instructions for the return of

the material.

I I ! r«
J ^J . I O
 TROUBLESHOOTING Replace faulty circuit b o a r d .

SYMPTOM: LOV/ OUTPUT OR NO OUTPUT

SYMPTOM: HIGH OUTPUT
POTENTIAL SOURCE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
•f^ POTENTIAL SOURCE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
Primary element
N Primary element Check installation and c o n d i t i o n of element.
Check for restrictions at primary e l e m e n t Note any changes in process f l u i d properties w h i c h
may affect o u t p u t .
Impulse p i p i n g
Check for leaks or blockage. Loop wiring
Check that b l o c k i n g valves are fully o p e n . Check for adequate voltage to transmitter.
Check for entrapped gas in liquid lines and for Check for shorts and multiple grounds.
liquid in dry l i n e s . Check polarity of connections.
Check that density of fluid in impulse lines is Check loop impedance.
unchanged. NOTE- DO NOT USE OVER 100 VOLTS T O CHECK
Check for sediment in transmitter process flanges. THE LOOP!
Transmitter electronics connections Impulse piping
Make sure bayonet connectors are clean and check Check that pressure connection is c o r r e c t .
the sensor c o n n e c t i o n s . Check for leaks or blockage.
Check that bayonet pin No. 8 (S properly grounded Check for entrapped gas in liquid l i n e s .
to the case. Check / o r sediment in transmitter process f l a n g e .
Check that blocking valves are fully o p e n and that
T r a n s m i t t e r e l e c t r o n i c s failure bypass valves are tightly c l o s e d .
Determine faulty circuit board by trying spare Check that density of fluid in Impulse p i p i n g is
boards. Replace faulty board. unchanged.
Sensing element Transmitter electronics connections
See Sensing Element Checkout Section. Check to see that calibration a d j u s t m e n t s are in
control range.
Pov/er.supply Check for shorts in sensor leads. ^
Check output of power supply. Make sure bayonet connectors are c l e a n and check
the sensor c o n n e c t i o n s .
Check that baypnet pin No. 8 is properly g r o u n d e d
to the c a s e .
SYMPTOM: ERRATIC OUTPUT
Test diode failure
POTENTIAL SOURCE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace test diode or short terminals.

Loop w i r i n g / Transmitter electronics failure

Check for adequate voltage to the transmitter. Determine faulty circuit board by trying spars
Check for i n t e r m i t t e n t shorts, open circuits and boards.
iT.ultiple g r o u n d s . Replace faulty circuit board.

NOTE; DO NOT USE OVER 100 VOLTS TO CHECK Sensing element

T H E LOOPS! See Sensing Element Checkout S e c t i o n .

For Intrinsically Safe Installations see WIRING NOTE

Page 3.

Process fluid p u l s a t i o n
A d j u s t electronic d a m p i n g pot.

Impulse p i p i n g
Check for entrapped gas in liquid lines and for
liquid in dry l i n e s .

T r a n s m i t t e r e l e c t r o n i c s connections
Check for i n t e r m i t t e n t shorts or open c i r c u i t s .
Make sure that bayonet connectors are clean and
check the sensor c o n n e c t i o n s .
Check that bayonet pin No. 8 is properly grounded
to the c a s e . .

T r a n s m i t t e r e l e c t r o n i c s failure
Cetermine faulty board by trying scare beards.

OOCIBS
 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Olmtmiont in millimttnt unlta otttmrvtism stated

200 with Meter 112 Nominal

20 Clearance
for cover 118 Nominal
Meter Cover removal—! h"
(optional)
CM20 Thread
Plug with
in two places
Shearable Head
Waterproof Gland
Nameplate
Leners Denote High and
Low Sides for Pressure V , 4 " - 14 U N C High
Connections Tensile Steel SAE
Flange Adaptor -^ —^ ^ Grade 5 Bolts
Cadmium Plated
Pressure Connections on r f \ S ^ €4,
Flanges are %" - 1,8 NPT t j V Vent/Drain Plug
Threads
^
•20UNF
^ ^
84
Terminal Connections
110
This side

Dimension 'A* Pressure Connections on Flange Adaptors

Range Code: 1 3.4.S 8 are !4" — 14 NPT Threads. Flange Adaptors
6-7 can be rotated to give centres 3 less than) or
Dimension (mm): 1 34.0 55.6 5^.2
3 greater than, the stated dimension.

jU^-fV

O P T I O N A L M O U N T I N G BRACKET FOR
2" PIPE SHOWN IN T Y P I C A L
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS

00C1S7
 t H I N U INhV^rtiVIAllUN •m

Mooa.
61151DP
'mmmmmimBm^^smmsmmmMM^
Tcdoe--
3 0 — 1 1.210
. 2 10 0 — 7.5 kPa
7,5kPa 0— — SS to 0 — 30 in. v»q.
30 wq.
4 A
0 — 06.2 Mto>.0n— '«-TkPa
37 t,D« 0 n— 25
'^ctoIn0 n— -I enin.:..wg
150 .<««
5 0 — 31 to 0 — 190 kPa 0 — 125 lo 0 — 7S0 in. wg

^.-—;^--> j / l .

msss^^tsm^m^^smmmmmm^mm^
4 to.20(nA d.c with adjustable damping

SIUCONE OIL FILL

12 Cadmium Plated C.S 316 SS 316 SS
+ 13 Cadmium Plated C.S HASTELLOYC HASTELLOY C-276
+ 14 Cadmium Plated C.S iJlONEL MONEL
15 Cadmium Plated C.S 316 SS TANTALUM
22 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS
23 316 SS 316 SS HASTELLOY C-276
24 315 SS 316 SS MONEL
25 316 SS 316 SS TANTALUM
33 HASTELLOYC HASTELLOYC HASTELLOY C-276
35 HASTELLOY C HASTEU.OYC TANTALUM
44 MONEL MONEL MONEL
S3 Nickel Plated C.S 318 SS HASTELLOY C-278
54 Nickel Plated C.S 316 SS MONEL
FLUOROLUBS OIL FILL
1A Cadmium Plated C.S 318 SS 318 SS
2A 316 SS 318 SS 316 SS
18 Cadmium Plated C.S HASTELLOYC HASTELLOY C-276
2B 318 SS 318 SS HASTELLOY C-276
38 HASTELLOY C HASTELLOYC . HASTELLOY C-278
10 Cadmium Plated C.S 318 SS TANTALUM
20 316 SS 318 SS TANTALUM
30 HASTELLOY C . HASTELLOY C TANTALUM
Nickel Plated C.S 316 SS HASTELLOY C-275
sa
- - H >•.••:
'TYPE OF CEHTincATiON(i) "s^-^'rv:=^'
CODE
mms::'
NA Nan<ertified
IS1 Intrinsically SAFE BASEEFA/CENELEC
FP1 Flameprool BASEErA
zz BASEHFA Type N
XXX -Other Certifying bodies — specify

CODE " OPTIONS (i);<ri:^^:4;,.T^;,^ ]

UM Linear Meter
SM Square Root Mete
M3 Mounting Bracket tor 2" Pipe

CODE CONDUIT ENTRY

CM CM20 (Standard)

• T • Y Y T T

"nsiCP 4 E 13 IS1 LM CM TYPICAL OnOErilNG INFORMATION

— - .— —-
I NOTES: (1) Numerous options and additional hazardous area cenilicalion are availacle — consult Rosemount.
(2) Cedes identified thus + are withdrawn as siarcard suosly.

000138
^?5l^ ' S DIFFERENfiAL PRESSURE TRANSMrTTER ' ^ t ^ / t i ^ i j ^ i i i s Vn/.'l^'niifi-^^SS^^
i."i5:-"V;HV::sK.?r;2<

^:RANGEQCgj^Xg|,j^,^^ '

0 — 117 to 0 — 690 kPa (0 — 17 to 0 — lOOpsi)

• ^ « ^ ,
0 — 345kPa to 0 — 2,1 MPa (0 — 50 to 0 — 300psi)
0—1^ to 0 — 6.9 MPa {0 — 170 to 0 — lOOOpsi)

CODE.i-
^^&^^Mfm§^w^'^m0m$m
4 to 20mA d.c with adjustable damping
•• !-:>,1TVV.

:S!i;vt'«SJi'J5'l^K^MATERiALS OF.coNSTRUcnoN ^^^k^^^:^^-' -ir^'-Sr ;-• J-':if

CODE'-:
VFLANGES 4 ADAPTORS DRAIN/VENT VALVES ISOLATING DIAPHRAGMS (2)'
Vi-js:
SIUCONE OIL FILL
12 Cadmium Plated C.S 316 SS 316 SS
22 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS
•••23 316 SS 316 SS HASTELLOY C-276
33 HASTELLOY C HASTELLOY C HASTELLOY C-276
S3 Nickel Plated C.S 316 SS HASTELLOY C-276

foooi^ - ^ T ^ E O F CERTlFicVTON 0 ) ' S ^ 5 ^

NA Non-certified
IS1 Intrinsically SAFE BASEEFA/CENELEC
FP1 Rameproo< BASEEFA
ZZ BASEEFA Type N
XXX Other certifying bodies — specify

•CODE

LM
•i^u^mm^wmMm^i^imimm
Linear Meter
SM Square Root Meter
MB Mounting Bracket for 2 ' Pipe

CODEU "CONDUrr ENTRY:

CM CM20 (Standard)

•IISIHP 12 ISl LM CM TYPICAL ORDEnING INFORMATION

NCTcS: (1) Numerous options and additional hazarcous area cenificaiion are available — consult nosemount.
(2) Coces identified thus -P are withdrawn as standard sucpiy.

000139
 n
MODEL
^°°^\,' r-^'. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER'— HIGH UNE PRESSURE L'^'^^^-^-^^^ii^-S^'-1
E
t^^^^-;:^y,

"CODE •-

3
4
ms^mmmmmmmmmmm^mmmmmm^m
0 — 1.2
0— 6,2
too
loO
7,5 kPa
37 kPa
0— 5 to 0 — 30 in. wg
0 — 25 to 0 — 150 In. wg
5 0—31 too- • 190 kPa 0 — 125 to 0 — 750 in. wg
6 0 — 117 too • 690 kPa 0 — 17 to 0 — 100 psi
7 0 — 345 kPa
fZ to 0
lO «—— 2.1 MPa
2,1 Mf-a 0
O—— 50
SU to
lO 0
U—— 300
3U0 psi
psi

jCOOE-^ ?oiJTPur*6€>K#^'S:>Si^?
4 to 20mA d.c with adjustable damping

?JS':5^5:<'f5^5!r^--=*MATERiALS oF.coNSTHucrnoN vyjc;v5$it*if:>:;'* • 5=/i*~i i'v;y?

c mi ^FLANGES & ADAPTORS DRAIN/VENT .VALVES ISOLATING DIAPHRAGMS ,2K:i?llkS.%i

SIUCONS OIL FILL
12 Cadmium Plated C.S 316 SS 316 SS
22 Cadmium Plated C.S 316 SS 316 SS
23 316 SS 316 SS HASTELLOY C-276
24 316 SS 316 SS MONEL
33 HASTELLOY C HAST5LL0Y C HASTELLOY C-276
44 MONEL MONEL MONEL
53 Nickel Plated C.S 315 SS HASTcLLOY C-275
54 Nickel Plated C.S 316 SS MONEL

^CpDE^ rfYp¥ OF C&ifiRCATlioN^irffii'^^^S'^S!?^

NA Non-certified
IS1 Intrinsically SAFE BASEErA/CENELEC
FP1 Rameproof BASEEFA
2Z BASEHFA Type N
XXX Other certifying bodies — specify

CODE

LM
^9f7^m^^mm^^m^.^f^^^
Unear Meter
SM Square Root Meter
MB Mounting Bracket for 2 ' Pipe

i.coDE .•; icoNourr ^^ys0r^P{!^-'

'mmm^i
CM CM20 (Standard)"

MslH? 12 ISl LM CM TYPICAL ORDS.RING INFCRMATiON

L
'.'CTHS: (•!) Numercus options and additional harardcus area csreficsticn are availacle — ccnsuit Rosemount.

000170
PARTS DRAWING Models 1151 DP • 1151 HDP • 1151 HP

)G0171
 PARTS LIST

rr.EM N O . STOCK CODE NO, DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

. 1 01151-1005^06 ASSY - INTERNATIONAL HOUSING 1
2 S E E SEPARATE LIST SENSOR MODULE • SELECTED 1
- ' 3 01151-0269^)001 TAB WASHER 1
,^**"* 01151-0290-0001 NUT LOCK, y»'-14 NPSM 1
Kaei 01151-0268-0001 STANDOFF Vx' 2 •
6 01151-0139-0001 ASSY - CALIBRATION BOARD 1
7 01151-0268-0002 STANDOFF V*' 3
a 01151-0137-0001 ASSY - AMPUFIER BOARD 'E" 1
:: C03984-G001 SCRe/V, 6-32 UNC, PAN HD x % ' LONG | 3
01151-0236-0001 FLANGE MACHINED - CARBON STEEL-PLATED
01151-0123-0002 . FLANGE MACHINED - STAINLESS STEEL
10 SELECTED" 2
01151-0213-0003 FLANGE MACHINED • MONEL
. 01151-0213-0004 FLANGE MACHINED - HASTELLOY-C J
C I 0196-0075-0026 • 0 ' RING - V I T O N 1151 DP & 1151 H D P 2
12
010196-0090-00261 ' 0 ' R I N G - V I T O N 1151 HP O N L Y 2
15 1 011010-0452-0102 SCRP/V, HEX HD, 7i«'-14 UNC X 3'/*" LONG SAE GD 5 4
16 1 C09832-0004 NUT. HEX HEAVY '/i.'-14 UNC. STEEL-PLATED 4
' 01151-0211-0001 ADAPTOR FLANGE - CARBON STEEL-PLATED "
01151-0211-0002 ADAPTOR FLANGE • STAINLESS STEEL
18 SELECTED 2
01151-0211-0003 ADAPTOR FLANGE • MONEL
. 01151-0211-0004 • ADAPTOR FLANGE - HASTELLOY-C
19 I C I 0196-0075-0210 • •O' RING - VITON • \ 2
20 1 011010-0528-0102 SCRP/V HEX HD 'A«'-20 UNF x 1 % " LONG. SAE GD 5 | 4
01151-0316-0001 , DRAIN VALVE • STAINLESS STEEL
21 01151-0318-0001 DRAJN VALVE • HASTELLOY-C SELECTED 2
01151-0318-0002 DRAIN V A L V E - M O N E L
C-1S1-O3-I5-00O1 VALVE 3 0 D Y • STAINLESS STEEL
22 01151-0317-0C01 VALVE BODY • HASTELLOY-C • SELECTED 2
-• 01151-0317-0002 VALVE B O D Y - M O N E L • • •

23 1 96002291006 PTFE THREAD SEALING TAPE A/R

24 01151-1002-0001 ASSY - COVER 2
1 25 1 01151-0329-0001 •O' RING 1 2
1 26 1 96002292000 SILICONE GREASE 1 A/R
. 27 1 01151-0267-0001 ASSY . CONNECTOR BOARD 1 1
28 1 01151-0264-0001 SCRPyV ADJUSTMENT 1 2
29 1 01151-0329-0002 •O' RING - VITON 1 2
• 20 01151-0330-0001 RETAINING RING 1 4
• 31 96002070027 LABEL, IDENTIFICATION. STAINLESS STEEL 1 •1
1 32 1 SCREW. M3 X 6mm LONG. PAN H D , STAINLESS STEEL 1 2
1 • 33 1 960022g400X PLASTIC TAPERED END PLUG 1 4 1
34 96002293005 1 A L L E N KEY. 2mm A/F I 1'
95002364018 METER KIT COMPLETE 4-20mA LINEAR
i 96002264029 1 METER KIT COMPLETE 4-20mA SG. RT.
SELECTED' 1
S600226403X 1 METER KIT COMPLETE 10-50mA LINEAR
' S5C023640.10 1 METER KIT COMFLSTE 10-50mA SO. RT. '

000172
 >««*».,

ITEM NO. 1 STOCK CODE NO. DESCRIPTION . QUANTITY^

• 96002081057 METER, LS. 4-20mA LINEAR
96002081068 METER, LS. 4.20mA SO. RT.
36' . SELECTED 1
09997-0003 METER, 10-50mA UNEAR
09997-0004 METER, 10-50mA SQ. RT.
37 90082-0070 • METER MOUNTING RING | i
38 90114-0053-0003 STANDOFF 2 % ' 3 ^
39 01151-0098-0003 ASSY METER HOUSING 1
40 01151-0197-0001 METER LEAD (RED) 1
41 01151-0197-0001 METER LEAD (BLACK) 1
42 CI 0235-0205-0001 SCREW 4-40 UNC X */,,' LONG. CSK HD., STEEL-PLATED 3
43 96002260003 SLOTTED HEAD STOPPING PLUG 1
44 LABEL, LS.l
45 C10266-0004-0002 DRIVE SCREW, NO. 4, RD HD, STAINLESS STEEL 2
46 WASHER, M3, PLAIN. SMALL, STAINLESS STEEL 1
47 96002088004 FLAMEPROOF BLANKING PLUG 1
48 96002089009 FLAMEPROOF GLAND 1
49 LABEL, FLAMEPROOF. STAINLESS STEEL 1
50 96002098007 LABEL, TIE-ON (F/P GLAND) 1
01151-0036-0001 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT STYLE MB (B1)
51 01151-0036-0004 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT STYLE PB (B2) . SELECTED 1
. 01151-0036-0005 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT SYTLE FB (B3)
52 90012-0320-0002 MOUNTING BRACKET STYLE MB
53 . 90012-0423-0002 MOUNTING BRACKET STYLE PB SELECTED 1
54 90012-0422-0002 MOUNTING BRACKET STYLE FB
55 CI 1010-0512-0202 BOLT. HEX HD.. '/,6''-20 UNF X %" LONG. STEEL-PLATED 2
53 C10213-0438-2001 WASHER. 'W FLAT. STEEL. PLATED 2
57 C09830-0001 'U''BOLT KIT - COMPLETE 1

ITEM 35 (INCLUDES ITEMS 26-42 INCL) FOR USE ON METER OPTIONS ONLY.
•ONLY ONE COVER (ITEM 24) REQUIRED IF METER OPTION SELECTED.
ITEMS 43-46 FOR USE ON I.S. OPTION ONLY.
ITEMS 45-50 FOR USE ON F.P. OPTION ONLY.
ITEM 51 (INCLUDES ITEMS 52-57 INCL) FOR USE ON BRACKET OPTIONS ONLY.
FOR l0-50mA MODELS; REPLACE EXISTING CALIBRATION BOARD (ITEM 6) WITH 01151-0059-0001 CALIBRATION
BOARD *B*, AND REPLACE EXISTING AMPLIFIER BOARD (ITEM 8) WITH 01151-0008-0001 AMPLIFIER BOARD 'B".
•O' RINGS (ITEMS 12 AND 19) ARE AVAILABLE IN OTHER MATERIALS (P.T.F.E., BUNA-N, ETC.) CONSULT
ROSE.MOUNT FOR DETAILS.

'J 173
SENSOR MODULE SELECTION LIST

D i a p h r a g m M a t e r i a l : Stainless S t e e l

Fill Fluid: Silicone Oil

Range
Model R.E. Part No.
Code Ins. w.g.

M S I DP 3 0-5/30 01151-0011-0032
1151 DP 4 0-25/150 01151-0011-0042
1151 DP 5 0-125/750 01151-0011-0052
p.s.i.

1151 DP 6 0-17/100 01151-0041-0062

1151 DP 7 0-50/300 01151-0041-0072
1151 DP a 0-170/1000 01151-0041-0082
ins. w.g.

1151 HP 3 0-5/0-30 01151-0112-0032

1151 HP 4 0-25/150 01151-0112-0042
1151 HP 5 0-125/750 01151-0112-0052
• pls.i.

1151 HP 6 . 0-17/100 01151-0112-0062

1151 HP 7 0-50/300 01151-0112-0072

••
•

Fill Fluid: Fruorolube

Range
Model R.E. Part No.
Code ins. w.g.

1151 DP 3 0-5/30 01151-0230-0032

1151 DP 4 0-25/150 01151-0230-0042
1151 D? 5 0-125/750 0115'1-0230-0052
•

Diaphragm Material: Monel

Fill Fluid: Silicone Oil

Range
Model R.E. Part No.
Code ins. w.g.

115rDP 3 0-5/30 01151-0011-0034

1151 DP 4 0-25/150 01151-0011-0044
1151 DP 5 0-125/750 01151-0011-0054

1151 HP 4 0-25/150 01151-0112-0044

1151 HP 5 0-125/750 01151-0112-0054
p.s.i.g.

1151 HP 6 0-17/1 CO 01151-0112-0064

1151 HP 7 0-50/300 01151-0112-007-i

00C174
Diaphragm Material: Hastelloy C

Fill Fluid: Silicone Oil

Range
Model R.E. Part No.
Code Ins. w.g.

1151 DP 3 0-5/30 01151-0011-0033

1151 DP 4 0-25/150 01151-0011-0043
1151 DP - 5 0-125/750 01151-0011-0053
p.s.i.

1151 HP • 6 0-17/100 01151-0041-0063

1151 HP 7 0-50/300 01151-0041-0073
1151 HP 8 0-170/1000 01151-0041-0083
ins. w.g.

1151 HP 4 0-25/150 01151-0112-0043

1151 HP 5 0-125/750 01151-0112-0053
p.s.i.

1151 HP 6 0-17/100 01151-0112-0063

1151 HP 7 0-50/300 01151-0112-0073

Fill Fluid: Fluorolube

Range
Model R.E. Part No.
Code ins. w.g.

1151 DP 3 0-5/30 01151-0230-0033-

1151 DP 4 0-25/150 01151-0230-0043
1151 DP '5 0-125/750 01151-0230-0053

Diaphragm Material: Tantalum

Fill Fluid: Silicone Oil
Range
Model R.E. Part No-
Code ins. w.g.

1151 DP 3 0-5/30 01151-0011-0035

1151 DP 4 .0-25/150 01151-0011-0045
1151 DP 5 0-125/750 01151-0011-0055

Fill Fluid: Fluorc lube

Range
Model R.E. Part No.
Code ins. wg.

1151 DP 3 0-5/30 01151-0230-0035

1151 DP 4 0-25/150 01151-0230-0045
1151 DP 5 0-125/750 01151-0220-0055

00.:i75
 INSTALLATION CONDITIONS FOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER MODEL E1151
FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE OPERATION TO SFA 3012 1972 CLASS Ex la lie T4
Inslallatlon |e) In the circuit connected lo terminals 3 and 4 the total
(a) The barrier must be mounted in a sate area and protected by an capacitance of the cables and either (a) the total inductance of
adequate enclosure. The temperature within the enclosure must the cables or (b) the UR ratio of any of the cables, must not
not exceed 45*C. exceed the following values:—
(«>, Terminals 2 and 4 must be so connected to earth that the total
earth loop impedance does not exceed 1 ohm as measured in M a i . Ptrmissibt* Max. Pannissiaie Maa. PtrmisiiWa
accordance with Appendix 8, paragraph 2 of the Institution of Qass G u Cabi* Caoaeiianc* G a e l * Inductane* i m Ratio of
IMicrolandil (tiHillihanriasI eaaia*
Elecflcal Engineers Regulations lor the Electrical Equipment of
buildings, 14ih Edition. I I * Propane «J.F 20 mH sauMi
2. Connection to Terminals 1 and 2
(a) Apparatus connected to terminals 1 and 2 must not be supplied MB EtAyltn* 0.49^ rjmM ijouwa
from or contain, a source of potential exceeding 360 volts p/ak DC Hydrogtn o.is.r UmH *6uHia
(250 volts rms) with respect lo earth.
(b) Mains powered apparatus connected to terminals 1 and 2 must
^ be isolated from the mains supply by a double wound trans- Inductance per unit length (MICfohenHes)
+ Un Ratio s
)ii^ ormer. Thft primary winding of the transformer must be protected Resistance per unit length (Otims)
by appropriately rated High Break Current (HBC) fuses to Spec.
CcF63A, or by suitable rewirable fuses.
Use of more than one circuit protected by Barriers
3. Connections to Terminals 3 and 4 In any Installation where more than one circuit is protected by
(a) Only the circuit as shown In the installation diagram may be Barriers the following additional conditions apply—
connected to terminals 3 and 4 and only this circuit may enter (a) There must he no Interconnection between circuits connected to
"IS Danger Area. There must be no connection lo any other terminals 3 and 4 of individual Barriers.
circuit. Connections from the Danger Area to terminal 4 must not be run
(b) The cables connected to terminals 3 and 4 must not be as a common conductor. Individual connections from the Danger
connected through any plug, socket, cable terminal block, or Area must be made to terminal 4 of each Barrier.
other form of electrical connector containing the cable connected (b) The cables connected to the various terminals 3 and 4 must ruil
tc terminal 1 or any other cables connected to non-lnlrinsicaliy be made through a multlcore cable unless:
safe circuits. 0) The cable contains only Barrier connected circuits.
(c) Adequate precautions must be taken to prevent danger arising (li) Both, wires of each circuit are run as a twisted pair or part of
from the charging of the circuit connected to ferminals 3 and 4 a twisted quad.
by contact, leakage or inductance from the circuit connected lo (ill) Each core Is insulated lor working at 250 volls rms.
terminal 1 or from any other circuit. (Iv) The cable is adequately constructed, installed and
(d) The circuit connected to terminals 3 and 4 must be adequately maintained to prevent the occurence of faults between cores.
insulated from earth in the danger area.

DANGER AREA SAFEAREA

M « T M • • * * H U l t O Mt i M t S * * |
SYSTEM GIVING NEGATIVE OUTPUT WITH RESPECTTO EARTH

O C VOMtM

I«fffV

"tJ
iMVflonco
ow'"urcj««f%E« » • * SI COM r AOL
lOuiMifNr

•iOCft r a c > ' l C K e » « < A r - 0 M O > U M * r

w r M A 4 : » • * M t r i a auMf,ai«ttAVL«'iCM
SYSTEM GIVING POSITIVE OUTPUT WITH RESPECT TO EARTH

10iU34atMlCAr>v(|

ec »c»ii>

'•l»tu*« •0«'l
C I L l rOClAiill Vm I

*-Vit HQX f i C I I O *O»0>**'«

O M " u r cvi**i*<r • n * * *

6cc:ccc

00C176
INSTALLATION DIAGRAM FOR E1151 PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE OPERATION
WITH NEITHER TRANSMISSION LEAD DIRECTLY
CONNECTED TO EARTH.
CLASSIFICATION Ex ia 11C T4

SAFE AREA

/•'^S
M T U 188 2 a V / 3 0 0 ohim: 9 V / 4 7 ohmi OoubU Barrier
Cenificate No. 72112
Positive or Negative

SAFE AREA APPARATUS

MUST N O T Se S U P P t l E D
FROM OR C O N T A I N A
SOURCE OF P O T E N T I A L
W I T H RESPECT TO E A R T H
EXCEEDING 2S0V RMS
OR 250 O . a

Ootional Earth

Barriers must be o< the same polarity li.e

both Positive or Negative). They may be
separate uniu i.e a single 2 S V / 3 0 0 ohms
Roiemounc E l 151 Prcuura Transmitter
and 10(91 V 47 ohms provided that they
A p o a n t u i Approval No. 72174/B are BAScEFA approved, and certified to
a group not lower than that (or which they
are intended lo be used. The installation
of the barriers must conform to the
"Installation Condiiions" Issue Nc.2
dated 22 January 1973.

Note:
In (ha circuil connected to terminals 3 and 4 the total capacitance of the cables and either lal the total inductance of
the cables or (bl the L/R ratio of any of the cables, must not exceed the follovoing values:

Max. Permissible Max. Permissible Max. Permissible

Clasa Ga* Cible Capaciunce Cable Inductance U R Ratio of
IMicrofaradsl (.Millihenries) Cable +

IIA Propane 1.0 8 640

lis Ethylene 0.5 3 240

lie Hydrogen 0.13 1 80

Inductance oer unit tengch IMicrohenrics)

L/R Ratio
Resistance 0 " unit Ungin lOhmtl
5CC2

000177
 CIRCUIT DIAGRA'"' FOR SERIES E1151TRAI 3MlTTER*f4*mA •
(DRAWING 01151-0135 REV.P.)

A n i AiiD IIS AnE Fon SPAN

I l L U ' l l U I I U l l CDAU-CIISAIIONANO
AItt OIIMII«II.U>M JOOllMAklMIlM
A THE ENO PnOOUCT THIS SCHEMATIC
ot'scniaEsiiASOEEiisunuinEOFon
INIIIINSlCSAft'lVAI'l-HOVAt. ANV
[

CIIAIIOES III OESlUN. C0MP0N£NI

A ii?k n;i Aim 1121 AiicrniuEno
Illll-tllAllMU (UIJi'bll&AllOHAIlO
Alit lOHl-lllltl.ltII.I
IVPE.COIJI'ONEni VAIUE.
coupoiiCNr It A una ODUOAOO
I AYOill UAY AFKECI A<-l>IIOVAL ANO
riEOUIIIt' Mt'SllUUll lAt

A A i i u F nESisionsAitf I lowAiT A I L
CC iiCuiUior<:,A(if.wAii A i i p o i s
AiiL i.wAM.iilntSSllOUU A COUP PWA IS PART OF SENSOR
UOOIJIE ASStllULY.

A All CAHACiioiiSADEuicnofAnAos
via lAl.l MAlliiGuiltCSSIlOltO
A oisisiiSEOONaiisi'0ii7'0oas
ASStLiuiYutay

A ii'OOIIIiIllS&v/iICllEOTOPUIirOII
iil ( C K I r.AllilllAlHJllS UETEROPIIOHAi.
A Cl C2 ANOCllllAVEUCElllESIEniO
wiiii^unit^iuvACFOn lOkMH
v-.it(iCjul lAitiiiiii llr Ft tCiritCAL
A PlEUPERAIURECOEFFICIEHTOf t »
tiiwiriioiir
M M Ali(.iiAt,y iT.iAliOllOl^ tlllll Aim - UEUMOPIKMA

•'J
00

""^
OUTPUT COMPONENT LAY0UT,4—20 mADC AMPLIFIER PWA
(DRAWING 01151 -0137, REV. AD)

H R42 " h
H 041 h -
D16 I I — C22
-j R40 l - I C14 I Fcisl - J "6
—\ D13 Ih— ~ i R14 F ^ — I R23
H R43I- R22
=f
L

E OUTPUT COMPONENT LAYOUT, 4 - - 2 0 mADC

CALIBRATION PWA
(DRAWING 1151-0139, REV. Uj

^
j CI 7

R3S
o
v^ R32
T
1 1
••<? ^

oo o T T /J^
^

ooOy Y ^
^

' - ^
U

00G179
SECTION n

OPERATIONAL SECTION FOR CARGO, STRIPPING

AND SEGREGATED BALLAST SYSTEM

000180
 •"^

Ballast handling and tank/line washing procedures in

compliance with Regulation 9 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78

1) Line flushing is to be carried out prior to any discharge of

extraordinary dirty ballast, oil contaminated water and slops.

2) Regulation 15(3) (a) of Annex r of MARPOL 73/78 specifies thai the

approved oil discharge monitoring and control system shall be in
operation when there is any discharge of oil contaminated water into
the sea For this vessel, this means all extraordinary dirty ballast
water, line flushing and tank washing resulting from the cargo
space must be monitored using the high overboard discharge.

3a) The discJiarge monitoring of clean ballast is not required by Annex I

of MARPOL 73 / 78 providing such ballast was contained in a tank
previously the subject of tank washing subsequent to its carriage of
oil The ballast discharge must not produce visible traces of oil or
sludge to- the surface of clean calm water. If is recommended
however, that' all such extraordinary clean ballast be monitored in
order that determinative evidence be gained to tlie effect that the
oil content of such discharge does not exceed 15 parts per million
notwithstanding the presence of visible traces.

3b) The discharge monitoring of segregated ballast is not requirtxi by

Annex I of MARPOL 73/78. Such ballast should be subject of surfaai
examination prior to discharge.

4) Prior t/> any discharge overbc^ard, the oil discharge moniloring and
control system shall undergo {)re- s(;ii-t ch.a'ks and the input of data
variables. The syal^ni will rctriaii^ fully operalional dufing ali [ihaa.'S
of discharge and the printixl identifiable as to lime and d.-ilc;
will be retaintxl oir board for a peritxl of at !oasl t[ir"ee years.

00-131
 w

5) All ballast and effluent discharge operations will be clearly

recorded in the Oil Record Book Part H which is placed on-board In
accordance with Regulation 20 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78. It is
recommended that the ODME S 663 printout is attached to the
corresponding entries and be made available for port state inspection
when so required.

6) Subject to charter party agreement, oil contaminated water and slops

may be discharged to a shore reception facility at the loading port.
Monitoring of discharge in this event is not required.

7) Before the discharge of ballast and oil contaminated water the cargo
officer shall use the interface detector, in accordance with
manufacturers instructions, to determine the position of the
oil/water interface and shall record the resultant measurement prior
to the commencement of monitored dischai'ge.

8) It should be ensured that all valves not required for the particular
operation being undertaken are kept fully shut :

000182
 Extract from IMO MANUAL ON OIL POLLUTION SECTION
I PREVENTION (revised 1983)

3 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL TANKERS

3.1 Oil tanker operations

3.1.1 Ballast voyage procedures

3.1.1.1 On a ballast passage where it is intended to arrive at a loading port with clean ballast
for discharge to sea, the following sequence of procedures should be observed.

1. on completion of discharge thoroughly drain cargo tanks and limes •

2. take an dirty ballast thoroughly flushing cargo lines and pumps initially :

3. wash cargo tanks and collect oily wash water in the slop tank :

4. flush cargo lines where necessary :

5. take on clean ballast •

6. allow dirty ballast to settlfe :

7. discharge "clean" part of dirty ballast to sea in accordance with 3.1.6 :

8. strip "dirty" part of ballast to slop tank :

9. flush the stripping system to slop tank :

10. settle and decant water from slop tank in accordance with 3.1.7 :

11. flush lines and pumps :

12. discharge clean ballast : and

13^ dispose of residues from slop tank.

00Ci03
3.12 Line draining and talcing on dirty ballast

3.1.2.1 All lines containing cargo should be pumped to shore on completion of discharge.
This includes opening pump by-pass lines and cross connections between cargo and
stripping lines. Any remaining cargo in the Unes which cannot be pumped ashore should
be drained into a separate tank or into the slc^ tank before ballasting begins. Ballast
should then be taken on and in the process all cargo lines should be flushed into an
appropriate cargo tank or slop tank. To prevent oil from leaking overboard by way of
the sea suction when commencing to take on ballast pump-room, line and tank valves
are to be properly set and the pumps are to be nmning with a vacuum estabUshed on
the sea Une before the sea valves are opened. In order to establish this initial vacuum
on the sea line, it may be necessary to make a special effort such as bleeding gas from
the pump housing and utilizing stripping pumps or vacuum systems on the vapour line
where such are available.

3.13 Tank washing

3.1.3.1 During the ballast voyage cargo tanks should be washed as required and washings be
continuously stripped to the slop tank. Care should be taken to ensure that wash water
does not build up in the cargo tank. It should be understood that the quantity of oil
eventually discharged to the sea can be minimized by diminating unnecessary washing,
thus reducing the quantity of water brought into contact with oil within the tanker. As
the clean ballast may be discharged within territorial waters, it is imperative that the
tanks in which it is carried are sufficiently clean to ensure that the oil content of the
effluent does not exceed 15 ppm. Tanks which have been crude oil washed must
additionally be given a water rinse following the specified procedure before they are
acceptable for the carriage of clean arrival ballast

clean ballast / 2 ^ ^/>//c*i/e .;

,./
3.1.4.1 Before starting to load clean bsdjastJUC^WBhC^H^sured that the main cargo pumps
and lines tobgjised-are'^IeMr by further flushing intoa~§nitsrfbte-di£tyballast or slop

3.15 Setting cf dirty ballast

3.1.5.1 A good oil/water separation of the dirty ballast takes time, depending upon the
movement of the ship as well as on the type of oil cargo previously carried.
Under favourable conditions it may take no more than 12 hours, but in many
circumstances 2A hours or more are needed to achieve acceptable results.

000104
3.1.6 Dbposal cf dirty ballast

3.1.6.1 When settling is conqilete the ballast tanks will contain water with an oil layer on top.
The bulk of this water may be discharged to the sea using the oil discharge monitoring
and control system and preferaUy when the vessel is not rolling or pitching. The
following procedures should be applied during the discharge of ballast water to permit
optimum use of this system •'

1. if necessary flush main cargo lines and pumps into a dirty ballast tank or slop tank :

2. start to discharge ballast water :

3. reduce discharge rates from individual tanks on approaching a water depth of about 20%
of the tank depth : .

4. thereafter reduce pumping rates to avoid drawing surface oil into the suction by vortex
or weir effects : and

5. stop discharge of individual tanks when a level has been reached which for the particular
ship, is known not to give rise to any entrainment of oil. When all tanks have been
discharged to this level all discharge must cease.

3.1.6.2 At this stage the officer jn charge should verify that the slop tank can take the volume
of dirty ballast remaining. If uHage is insufficient. The slop tank may be partially
discharged to provide the necessary capacity, taking cane to ensure that an adequate
depth of water remains beneath the oil residue layer. The operation should then continue
as follows '•

1. start transferring the remaining dirty ballast into the slop tank, using the stripping
system :

2. transfer to the slop tank the contents of the pump-room bilges and any other bilges
connected to the cargo stripping system '• and

3. the stripping system will then be dirty and should be flushed the slop tank.

J 0 L 1 [j D
3.1.7 Slop tank discharge

3.1.7.1 Decanting of the contents of the slop tank is a critical step in the retention of oil on
board '• hence the timing of the various steps in the operation is important Even a
short delay in stopping a pump or closing a valve can allow a significant quantity of oil
to escape into the sea. The dl discharge monitoring and control system must be in use
during discharge iEind will also assist considerably m the satisfactory conduct of the
operation.

3.1.7.2 As with dirty ballast, the time required for oil and water to SQ)arate in the slop tank
depends upon the motion of the ship as well as on the type of previous cargo. Under
favourable conditions a few hours may be enough but in most circumstances 36 hours
of more should be allowed

3.1.73 Before starting an accurate interface and ullage reading using an oil water interface
detector, must be taken to determine the depth of the oil layer.
Certain products may accumulate an electrostatic charge, which must be a allowed to
dissipate before taking interface readings. Accordingly, strict adherence to Internationally
accepted safety precautions covering ullage and sampling is essential

3.1.7.4 The interface profile may vary over several inches in depth. Hence discharge from the
slop tank must be slowed down well before the interface is reached to avoid discharge
of any oil-in-water emulsion overboard. The discharge must cease when the oil
discharge monitoring and control system indicates that the maximum permissible rate of
discharge of oil of 30 litres per nautical mile is approached and, in any case before the
interface is entrained.

3.1.7.5 /.khcui;!! every tffoit siiould be made to lemove as much water as possible from the
slop tank, the prime objective is to prevent oily water reaching the sea. Extreme care is
therefore necessary, and a close check must be kept on the overboard dischai^e
through the oil discharge monitoring and control system.

3.1.7.6 Agitation of the contents of the slop tank must be kept to a minimum to avoid drawing
oil into the suction by vortex or weir effects, particularly as the oil/water interface
approaches the top of the structural members in the tank bottom. Pumping rates must be
strictly controlled. The following detailed procedures should be followed :

1. pump down the slop tank using one main cargo pump at slow speed until a water depth
of about 20% of the tank is reached :

000186
 2. stop the cargo pump than take an oil/water interface and ullage reading and recalculate
the remaining water depth.

3. resume pumping of the slop tank this time using the stri[ving system, until a
predetermined water depth is reached which, for the particular size and construction of
the slop tank, is known not to give rise to discharge of oil. Pumpmg, which may initially
be at a moderate rate, should be slowed as thus predetermined water depth is
ai^roached '•

4. if oil should ai^ear before the predetermined water depth is reached or the monitor
indicates that the oil content of the effluent discharged ai^oaches the permitted liiiuts,
stop pumping : and

5. allow further settling of the slop tank contents for as long as possible before repeating
stQ)S 3 and 4

3.1£ Find line and pump flush

3.1.8.1 After these operations have been completed the lines and pumps used will contain traces
of oil. While the ship is still more than 50 nautical miles from the nearest land and
outside a special area, the lines and pumps which will be used to discharge clean ballast
must therefore be thoroughly flushed to sea through the oil discharge monitoring and
control system, thus ensuring that the permitted instantaneous rate of dischaiige of oil is
not exceeded. ^

^isdwging dean ballast ' /

/C^gfr <:xpp/:cctb/e.:
3.1.9.1 Only cfeaqballast or segregated ballast may be discharged within 50 nautical nulos^f
the nearest rah^sOr within a special area. In addition, local regulations shoj:
checked in advance^tojensure that the discharge of clean ballast isjjermitted in port
areas.

3.1.9.2 Where clean ballast is discharged thrbugh an oipJi^arge monitoring and control
system, it shall be accepted as being cleajPh^I^ithstanding the presence of visible
traces of oil, provided that the oil cpatwit of the oifiQharge as recorded by the
equipment is not more than l & ^ m

3.1.9.3 Although the oiLdt^arge monitoring and control system is in opcrtitiQn, the ballast
outlet shqijld^ watched, pjarticularly when draining a tank bottom, as thi^^^s the most
likcbftime for oil to be picked up. If traces of oil become visible in the dischar^eKthe
'operation must be stopped immediately.

00C1C7
 jsfeife (Xhp/?c^yic.. ^

3.1.10 Disposal cf slop residues

3.1.10.1. Before reaching the loading port the master should advise his owners or charterers of
the amount of retained residues on board. These may then be handled, in one of the
following ways '•

1. by pumping tlie residues ashore at the loading ternunal :

2. by retaining the residues on board and loading the new cargo on top of them : or

3. by retaining the residues on board, but segregated from the new cargo. If this is done, it
may be possible to pump them ashore at the unloading terminal, if reception facilities are
available. It may, however, be necessary to retain the residues for more than one voyage.

000188
2.1 Cargo, stripping and segregated ballast system
See Figure 2. 1

2.1.1. Cargo system

The cargo tanks is consisted of five(5) triple of cargo tanks, one(l) pair of
slop tank.
The after most pair of tanks are designated as slop tanks having decant and filling
facilities in addition to the normal cargo system connections.

N o . l ~ 6 W.B.Td^&S) are reserved for segregated ballast

See sub-section 2.1.3.

Suction is taken by three steam turbine driven SllINKO IND. LTD., vertical
centrifugal cargo pump each rated at o.GOOm'Vhour S.W. capacity at loOnicteis
total head.
Each pump is equipped with a vacuum stripping system.

The pumps may also draw from the port sea chest through the suction branches
for the purpose of emergency ballast loading, line flushing and tank water washing.

Discharge is effected via three{3) 5()()mm deck lines lerniinating at the midship
manifold.
Cargo loading is accomplished via the three(3) drop line, connected between each
deck line and the corresponding bottom line.

Provision for dirty(dei)arture) emergency deballasting and tank cleaning/slop discharge

is made via a monitored 500mm high overboard in way of no.5 W.n.Tank(P) the
piping being branched to |)rovide discharge facilit.\' from any cargo i)iimp or the
strip|)ing |)ump.

Clean(arrival) emergency deballasting iiia\' be made via the port sea chesl(l)\' gravitN)
or preferentially b\' Ihe monitored high overboard for the purposes of laijpni leiord.

000109
 2.1.2. Strii){)ing system

Stripping is effected by the use of one(l) set of SHINKO steam driven pump of
400m7h()ur capacity at 150 meters total head.

1^ The pumi) may take suction from :

V

- The cargo pump and separator of vacuurn stripping system

- I'hc [)ump room bilge ix)rt and starboard
I'oit/slarboard cargo tanks.
- I^ort/starboard cargo tanks via 200mm stripping suction mains
- The drain tank for vacuum stripping system

The stripping pumps may discharge to :

- Nos. 1,2 and 3 midship's manifold crossover port and starboard and outboard of
manifold valves
- Overboard via the monitored 500mm high overboard line.
- The port slop tank
- Tank cleaning system

One(l) set of 600in/hour .iit 23 meters total head cargo stripping-eductor is

additionally i)rovided for use during tank cleaning operations being driven by fluid
from cargo oil pump.

2.1.3. Segregated ballast system

No.l ~ 6 W.B.T(P&S) may be ballasted by two(2) AC-EL-motor driven SHINCO

vertical centrifuged ballast pump of 3500m7hour capacity at 30 meters total head
drawing from an (\\clusive ST'BD sea chest in the pumi) room and discharge into
each tank.

Additionally one(l) strii)ping educators of 5(X)m/hour at 20 meters head is provided

for the puriK)se of stripping of ballast tanks.

000190
 ^
'12 Eiallasling re(|uirements of vessel

Tank allocation condition complying with MARPOL. 73/78.

- No.l - 6 W.B.T.(P&S) O

Tank allocation emergency condition departure.

- No.l ~ 6 W.B.T.(P&S)
- A.P.T
- F.P.T.
- No.4 cargo oil tank (P&S)

Tank allocation emergency condition arrival

- No.l - 6 W.B.T.(P&S)
- A.P.T
- F.P.T.
- No.4 cargo oil tank (I\^S)

000191
CLEAN BALLAST
Ballast carried in cargo tanks that were crude oil washed and water rinsed
prior to ballasting can be considered as clean ballast, ballast carried in tanks
which have not been water rinsed is considered to be dirty ballast.
If additional ballast has to be taken on board this should, if possible, be
carried in tanks which have been previously water rinsed. Ballasting of dirty
tanks should be avoided, however if this cannot be avoided then it must be
discharged as dirty ballast in compliance with Regulation 9 of Annex I of
MARPOL 73/78 and following the procedure described in this manual.
LOADING CLEAN BALLAST
Before starting to load clean ballast, it should be ensured that the main cargo
pumps and lines to be used are clean by further flushing into a suitable dirty
ballast or slop tank.
DISCHARGE OF CLEAN BALLAST (Carried in Cargo Tanks)
Although there is no requirement to monitor the discharge of clean ballast it
is strongly recommended that the discharge is monitored. Evidence based on
the results of the monitoring system to the effect that the oil content of the
discharge did not exceed 15 parts per million shall be determinative that the
ballast was clean, notwithstanding the presence of visible traces of oil on the
surface of the water or on adjoining shore lines.
Prior to any discharge of clean ballast or the lines and pumps to be used
should be flushed to the slop tank and the surface of the clean ballast tanks
examined to confirm there is no contamination of the ballast with oil has
taken place
PROCEDURES FOR DISCHARGING CLEAN BALLAST FROM CARGO
TANKS
If the surface of the clean ballast is contaminated with oil then the ballast must
be treated as dirty ballast and discharged overboard via the Oil Discharge
Monitoring System or transferred to the slop tanks
1. Cargo System
(i) Prepare the Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control System in
accordance with the manufactures operations manual
(ii) Flush all pipelines and the cargo pumps to be used in the operation too
the slop tank.
(iii) Examine the surface of the ballast tanks to ensure there has been no oil
contamination of the ballast has taken place.
(iv) Line up the cargo system for the tank being discharged and the .. _ ^
MARPOL Annex 1 overboard discharge. -'T'-' -- - ~-".
(•( i - - )
 (v) Pump speed to be adjusted to operational requirements.
(vi) Ensure that all valves in the cargo system not required for this
operation are closed.
(vii) Start the Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control System in accordance
with the manufactures operations manual
(viii) Start cargo tank pump at slow speed, initially the discharge will be
diverted to the Port slop tank.
(ix) After a short delay the system will begin monitoring, if limits are
acceptable the discharge will automatically be diverted overboard, the
automatic slop tank valve will close.
(x) Increase pump speed to normal discharge rate.
(xi) Check ullages of the cargo and slop tanks throughout the discharge.
(xii) Continue discharge - if alarms occur take appropriate action as
previously described.
(xiii) On conipletion of discharge of ballast shut down the systeni and close
all valves.
(xiv) Close down the Oil discharge Monitoring System in accordance with
the Manufactures instructions
A crew meniber should be positioned above the overboard discharge
equipped with a positive communication system such as a telephone or radio
system between the observation position and the discharge control position to
enable the discharge to be diverted to the slop tanks or stopped at the first
sign of oil in the discharge.
THE HULL STRESSES IN ANY BALLAST OR BALLAST/CARGO
CONDITION SHOULD BE WITHIN THE LIMITS ACCEPTABLE TO
LLOYD'S REGISTER OF SHIPPING AS PER THE APPROVED LOADING
MANUAL AND ASSOCIATED LOADING INSTRUMENT (IF ANY).
 f

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1 Piping diagram of cargo oil and stripping and water ballast system.
Figure 2.2 Loading of segregated ballast.
Figure 2.3 Loading of emergency ballast(typical).
Mgure 2.4 Line flushing prior to discharge of emergency ballast and slops.
iMgure 2.5 Commencement of monitored discharge.
Figure 2.6 Monitored discharge of emergency ballast and slop.

ACTION IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE OF THE MONITORING SYSTEM

In the event of failure of one part of the Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control
System the following alternatives may be adopted :

Sample pump By visual observation of the sea surface.

Oil content meter By observation of the sea surface
Processor By manual calculation
Flow meter By manual input from curves or calculation
Discharge control valve By manual operation of valves.

NOTE

ANY DEFECTIVE OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM

SHALL BE MADE OPERABLE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
THE PORT STATE AUTHORITY MAY ALLOW THE TANKER WITH A
DEFECTIVE UNIT TO UNDERl^AKE ONE BALLAST VOYACTE BEFORE
PROCEEDING TO A REPAIR PORT.

000192
 f*^. l.\,(D P«p«"J diagram of ^or^o QTI ^n-ppMj ipfem.
9. TMPEE{3) SETS OF SPARC B L I N D FLANGES .CABCO SUCTION BCLLKXJTH » a w x aC ZJCATO^ yjP- «3
NCTES! ?.. UNLOADING I , ' ' " ^ - ( 1 X 7 5 0 . I X « S o . 1 X 5 0 0 ) SHALL BE PROVIDED AT PORT SIX or CAOf fiMjr y Zi^ I/II30
FOR M A I M T E N A K I OF CARGO O I L P t X P S AhO ' 13.T/C 4 SntlPftNC Pt»*» SUCTION STrntltC To'tie') „ .
NAMC j TYPE CAPACITY Q-T-r PRIME . EAPTHINC C^ ZA!>CZ /•C'PIP^IK, PJPC
• CACH GROU»=i( 5 6 0 0 M 3 A H ( H 1 N . F 0 L * T A N K S
V / _ V £ f T £ D UITH AN AID HTNT. JSS'
MOVER SlMULTANEOliSCY Uri-OALlEO AT 3M T R I H 10. SLPPOPTS Fci» CAOCO MANIFOLDS SPILL TANK SMALL B£ OF
CA»GC 1 VERT . i600M3/M STEAM ;;r;.>u^Gf C O » # f r " . ' i > » ^*P'Z SHAU. HAVC CONDITION) PIPC COMCCTION MtTM FLEXIBLE JOINT CD>*CCT10N ^
3
PVJMP 1 CENT. I50MLC TURfllhC z:>j'iNu£:xsi £ASJHIHC:^LSC. THAI. lo*'. ^ • * - » U . U t U l ( r S L P « * l l >»AU!.TW 5 M J J UlLifT ~ ~ ,
4 . MARKING ON SHIPSIDES FOR CARGO MANIFOLD
SLIDING EXPANSION JOINT INSTAL.
T/C
PUMP
j VERT.
1 CENT.
I500M3/H
I35NLC
1
STEAM
TURBIhC
.AUH TC 3€ 30NOCC rL- EAP7H :i< A: LLAC TO BE PROVIDED (wELDING BEAD WITH P A I N T )
V
11. MANIFOLD amssovat aL*M<s SHALL BE SUSXH
SHALL ALLOU EAST ACXXSS Att) MJiCACwr. 'M- «
AUD acAhte^ ^

STEAM S) SLIOJNC TYP£ EXPANCIOt^ JOINTStVJ-r, SHALL t. ( A ) , ANCHORING POSITION wril^yf'K9\&\

STRIP. VERT.DUPLEX 400M3/H
PUMP DOUBLE ACT. XI50MLC ' TURBINE HAVE EARTHING CONNECTlONC FRO" PIPC TO
6S0A
COLfiLlNC TO NEXT PIP: USING TINNED CONNECTORS A ( • ). INTERMEDIATE P O S I T I O N CONTROL ^-*
STRIP. : 2 T/C OF 6 S C f^ IN.CROSS
HjN. SECTIONA.. AREA ANV HAVE
EDUCTOR
— 600M3/H
PUMP CAPGO MAIN
STUC CSfSfCTIONS. tSPEC •<60/ (* ) I NORMAL CLOSE .^ ARRESTORS
'. fJM MTICWr
ICHT flWN
FDOMTOP.
TOP OF THE PtP£^ .

SEGREGATION
2. Tl-e MAJtlt*^ LOADING RATE i
I) E A C H K A N I F O L O I
APPX.7500M3/H
SUS304 B ( X T S / N U T S S H A L L B E USED FOR CARGO
MANIFOLD SPECTACLE FLANGE JOINTING AND
i^ADoFilONAL ACCESS iTO BE PROVldep.),

''—\o~9ro~" -I
THE SPECTACLE FLANGES ARE TO BE SUS304.
I ^=^^, F E A C H TAI*< : 375C M 3 / H
I \2 2 °
1 l^SiSSk,
X_2fl£k \ tnrt V r _!i J ^ CARGO TANK RUCTION 3ELLM0UTH INSTAL.
1 2 2 3 1 ^ 50C ^ r n f t j - - [ ? S ^ ( : ^ o . .80-)
PITH LO6(1NG (aeviCEi 40/6* IF
N.O RATIO NOTE
3 3 1/3 2 3(1/2)
£2£ ^ . 6^0 250A >\ 50 1.88 I STRIPPING
1 2 1 2 3 j_^^ 650 650 500A 100 * lOl '-8I -IAIN SUCTION]
cpCOillF 550A I 120 1 I0| I .97 MAIN SUCTION!
650 650
)-22
5001.
POMP ROOM
C0099y6. ^°°y^^?oo 200
ENTRANCE
cco-ar coboir .'350 TC. I V * txEAHiNC
^s.
castir
OnSaF'yftr'-'
»i iiAC'iw:i-»«<>oi.70-i

CKD.M.S
SUCTION 3ELLHCXITH
650/550AX
^00
UPPER, DEC:M M UPPER DECK
-sse-cspoA
SEA CHESl .^'^.-^ -.^
^
ci.-eo8JSF flRM
1 (FOR LEAKAGt , H g
ALABHl^ y.25
'
(
J(a3667F'
692F/^
KC0692F>
-23

(XI514F
AIR •'rtM-' „
C0659F o

LEVEll GAU^e

O.D.M.S.
C0579/582/583F Na s C a PpQp (coou)'
(coais) NO. I C.O.P , , > «
NO.2 C.O.P » «
^'lawa)
NO.3 C.O.P L v i ^ - - ^ - 7
^ -

50 SUCTION NOTE:- RESERVED REIXJCER SHALL BE P O S I T I O N E D AROUND MANIFOLD AREA

SHORE CONNECTION PIECES MARKING ON S H I P S I D E S F'yi >3C -ANIFOLD
I D BE PROVIDER._^

SIZE iQ'TYt TYPE SKETCH I Q © © f^LANGcS ISOLATING COCKS ARE TO S£ Porr^lOED FOR HANIFOLD\ ^
TITLE : 304.500 DWT CRUDE O I L TANKER
PRESSURE GAUGE.
|. 500 ^ -ANSI BI6.5 I50LB -=="(5'RESSUR£
DRAIN
eCSS FOR] TEMPERAT^P^
X 2 0 - I' 6 PRINCIPAL -FLAT FACE TYPE
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
o E N . A R R ' T OF AUTO (NO RAISED)
jaja.
S T R I P P I N G SYSTEM 500
-CONTINUOUS SPIRAL
NOasQ
20- X 16" GROOVE ACC.TO
RESERVE HULL NO DWG NO
(BS 1560)
20- X 12- REDUCER -&, HNI 2 4 1 / 4 2 / 4 3 / 4 4 M B 6 0 i .60
(STOCKS)
20- X 10'
'HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO..LTD
(—

000193
EQUIPMENT TYPE CAPACITY O'TY PRIME MOVER

BALLAST VERTICAL 5.500 M3/H SINGLE STAGE NO.5 W.B.T(S)

PUMP SINGLE STAGE 30M AT 2 ELEC.MOTOR
S.G.1.025
CENTRIFUGAL (2 SPEED)
BALLAST - 500 M3/H BALLAST PUMP
EDUCTOR 2

INST.OF SLIDING TYPE EXP.JOINT

— — — — • I ' - — • • ' - . ! ' • I — . . . I . . ^

COATED GLASS REINFORCED EPOX'Y(6odu')\^-

I.DESIGN CONDITION OF PUMPING i

F0UR(4) WATER BALLAST TANKS ARE TO BE DEBALLASTED
CONTINUOUSLY AT STERN TRIM BY ONE{1) PUMP.
2.THE PIPES OF I25A AND ABOVE INSTALLED LONGITUDINAL
DIRECTION IN WATER BALLAST TANKS SHALL HAVE SLIDING
PAD MADE OF TEFLON OR EQUIVALENT BETWEEN THE PIPES
AND SUPPORTS.
3.PORTABLE JIG FOR VALVE MAINTENANCE ARE TO BE PROVIDED.
(4 SETS/SHIP)
4.TW0(2) SETS OF SPARE BLIND FLANGES(650A) SHALL BE
PROVIDED FOR MAINTENANCE OF STRAINERS.
ipNUY FOR NO. I TO NO.5 W.B.T) 5. BALLAST SUCTION BELLMOUTH(P 8. S) SHALL BE CLOSELY
POSITIONED TO THE CENTRELINE FOR BALLAST TANK
VENTILATION AND PURGING PURPOSES.
6. ( • ) ! INTERMEDIATE POSITION CONTROL
y. S^LLAST VALVES FITTED BELOW THE INNER BOTTOM OF THE
-J^ ROOM SHALL BE POSITIONED SO THAT REMOVAL .REPAIR
A NO MAINTENANCE CAN BE EASILY ACHIEVED.

-STPG370. SCH.40 J I I L L . : 3 0 4 . 5 0 0 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER

I X 200 MIC.. T/E ::A*:V:
-OUTSIDE: SAME AS 3:_==CLN3
BALLAST SYSTEM

HULL NO • DWG NO
HNI 24 I 742/43/44 MB60I.10
TYP.SEC.OF BALLAST PIPING PURGING PIPE FOR BALLAST TANK
SAMSUNG HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO..LTD

0GC194
 EQUIPMENT TYPE CAPACITY O'TY1 Pe:»^ MOVER
VERTICAL 3.500 M3/H [SINGLE STAGE NO. 5 LOCAL HTO.CDNTBOL W I T H
BALLAST
PUMP SINGLE STAGE 30M AT
CENTRIFUGAL S.G.I.025
2 •• E_£C. MOTOR
i .2 SPEED)
> ^ ''•°'-^'y-^'^{S^r-^M^-^^'^^ uf ~seg^:^^|^'B^^^ UH^ A OeBMANeNTUY C O W C C T H )
STArtONABY POHP I H B/STORC

BALLAST - 500 M3/H ]2 |3*LLAST PUMP *B-20

EOUCTOR
TO CARGO '^^iCH INERT GAS
£-'°
B-i SYSTEMc^eeoi . 6 0 - ; • . : N E ( - M 6 6 O I . e o - )
r-^ ^
.4o ^ mtt.
(BA804 400 (BAaory)

ORA:N V / V «
LOCATED CN
• # - >
-T^ V (O > BA506i • . „
4001'
"7
VENT LINE TO e e r UPPER CECK ^B-20 in
-> il • •• • \^-
\' \ / :

I BA^F \ ZL
BA529F
500
iSjSF
BA53eF

«^« /
ftpsn
•iM-
(BAflOa)

BAS15FV
\^lh.
3A5I;F

czi* 400 ;

(BAS08)
3A530F
eoogksASF
650
!g 650
iSj 'inn/^/cp
K-A % A
\
/ / X \

"7^
BALLAST PUMP :
N 0 . 5 W.B T ( P / S ) NO.4 W.B.TCP/S) NO.3 W.B.T(P/S) NO.2 W.B.T(P/S) M3.I W.B.T(P/S) F.P.T .

3.500 M3/H X 30MWC 400. .0-1

^
i\' \i ] LONG,DRESSER _
tALLAStV EDLKETtW / I GAP70±20/
500 "P / W 5 0 0 . «3/hXl2SETS), ' ! T:i^pe:i:oyPLiNG
(DA8061- NOM*0lA .'RATIO
' I , / A N G L E BAR""'
*• -rf|_OOX100XIOT
p-2
J-7
i^-
400 40*5 I .70
-'TiO.3 W.8.T(S)
• HINGE TYPE GRATING
(MIN.2TIMES OF SIC.AREA) .NO.6 W.B.T(S),
3L.
MAT'LiGAU'V STEEL PLATE
r::^^^/- '-/ 'r
BOLT/NUTSISUS316
INST.OF SLIDING TYPE EXP.JOINT
7 INST.OF SUC.BELLMOUTH
v::^ Zz; COATED GLASS REINFORCED EPOXY(60oV)>^^-6
«50 AIR VENT HOLE SHALL Bl
PROVIDED INSTEAD OF AIR VENT PIPE z
/cT ,|t!^B^
XJH.W.B.
(DEEPEST BALLAST W.L) NOTE
P I P E DUCT 15. I.DESIGN CONDITION OF PUMPING i
SHTP c^TDF PTPF
1 (SCH.I60E(I6.0T) FOUR(4) WATER BALLAST TANKS ARE TO BE DEBALLASTED
CONTINUOUSLY AT STERN TRIM BY ONE(I) PUMP.
2.THE PIPES OF I25A AND ABOVE INSTALLED LONGITUDINAL
DIRECTION IN WATER BALLAST TANKS SHALL HAVE SLIDING
/"•"""""•"" PAD MADE OF TEFLON OR EOUIVALENT BETWEEN THE PIPES
AND SUPPORTS.
BLANK.. FLANGE 3.PORTABLE JIG FOR VALVE MAINTENANCE ARE TO BE PROVIDED.
AB-20 (4 SETS/SHIP)
\ •TO BE ENDED AT THE
FORWARD INBOARD 4.TW0(2) SETS OF SPARE BLIND FLANGES(650A) SHALL BE
CORNER OF THE TANK PROVIDED FOR MAINTENANCE OF STRAINERS.
_aNLY FOR NO. I TO N0.5 W.B.T) 5.BALLAST SUCTION BELLMOUTH(P 8. S) SHALL BE CLOSELY
POSITIONED TO THE CENTRELINE FOR BALLAST TANK
S5I5 AIR HOLEStaEA)
VENTILATION AND PURGING PURPOSES.
6. (•) . INTERMEDIATE POSITION CONTROL
B-18,
A° 7. BALLAST VALVES FITTED BELOW THE INNER BOTTOM OF THE
PUMP ROOM SHALL BE POSITIONED SO THAT REMOVAL.REPAIR
550 \ AND MAINTENANCE CAN BE EASILY ACHIEVED. '
422.
-e- PURGING PIPE
TITLE I 3 0 4 . 5 0 0 DWT CRUDE O I L TANKER
-STPG370. SCH.40
25<L J2K I X 200 M I C . T/E COATING
O-f——t
7 6 5 6 7
i53C ffOO : -OUTSIDE: SAME AS SURROUND BALLAST SYSTEM
>/-5
PORT STARBOARD B»*NCH PIP£ SHALL. BE POC'tZi:' '
''Oa The CONSIDER IHC LO-Kl.i-Z
HULL NO DWG NO
PURGING P I P E FOR BALLAST T-iNK HNI 241/42/43/44 MB60I . 10
T Y P . S E C . O F BALLAST PIPING
SAHSLMG HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO..LTD

00C195
 Trj. a.» Ug^<ii»3 of en^er^ertcy b»((a6-t ( Typrccct )
9. T M R £ e ( 3 ) SETS OF SPARE B L I N D P L A N C E S (la.CAOGO SUCTION aCLLKAjTH SHMJ. ac ZocAtS^
• NOTES! UNLOADING 1 ./S- ( 1 X 7 5 0 . 1 X 6 5 0 . IXSOO) SHALL BE PROVIDED V AT POPT SIX OF CACH TAUt J I/I 30
C A P A C I T Y Q'TY PRIME FOR MAIMTENAKX OF CARGO O I L PV*«>S AKO r~l3.T/C * STPIPPINC « > * » SLCTIOt STI»*:>g^ Tc'
NAMC j TYPE /. EAPTMINC O^ ZAPCZ. .'C'PIPPING PJPC • C A C H GROLPif 5 6 0 0 M 3 / H ( M l N . F 0 L » i TANKS
MOVPR SEPARATORS. V FITTEO WITH AN AlP VtN\.
S I M U L T A N E O U S C Y I r t O A U E D AT 3 v TRIM
CARGC 1 VERT. 3600M3/H STEAM ' DFLANcc cof*^:'::*- ^*''z SMAL. MA^/C 10. supponrs FOR CARGO MANIFOLDS SPILL TAM< SHALL BC OF
3 CONDITION)
PL#4P CENT. I50MLC TURBIhC coNTiNueouc £ * . ? " ' - ; • * ; . - £ s r THAt. iot*f: ^ -»-»U.DtD TOTUPPOffTCJUl UJ i * * U n ! « X T — ^
.Arc TO 3C a o O E T ' 1 LAPIH :t< * : LCAC
MARKING ON SHIPSIDES FOR CARGC MANIFOLD
T/C VERT. I500M3/H
1 STEAM TO BE PROVIDED (WELDING BEAD WITH P A I N T )
( / ; . MANIFOLD CPOSSOVEP BLAAKS »ULL BC SUS304 Alt) tLAHf
SHALL ALLOU CAST ACCESS AM} tOVCk^NT.
"y^n-t.'S SLIDING EXPANSION JOINT INSTAL.
PUMP 1 CENT. I35MLC TURBIhC Two PLACtS
STEAM 2) SLIDING TYP£ EXPANSION JOINTS'V.J-S, SHALL
STRIP. VERT.DU>LEX 4 0 0 M 3 / H t. I A ) , ANCHORING POSITION • 7 4 ! v ' (PI.S)
PLW* CKXJBLE ACT. X1 SOM.C TURBIfC ' HAVE EAffTHING CONNECTIONS Ff/Ot' PIPE TO
'c6uPLl:NG''Tol^xT'piP-'us'iNC'7INh^C^CCi^CTOPS^_ ( • ) , INTERMEDIATE P O S I T I O N CONTROL
STRIP. T/C
EOUCTOR — 600M3/H : 2
PUMP MAIN OF &SC *•» MjN.a>oss SccrioNA^ APEA ANU HAVE
^ ARRESTORS ^ - - ,
srjc dM^criONS. (SPEC tto- y:. ( * ) • NORMAL CLOSE APPX

TT^
SPILL ICHT FPOH TCP OF THE PIP^ .
2 . THE MAXINO* L 3 * 0 D « SAT£ : SUS304 BOLTS/NUTS SHALL BE USED FOR CARiXI i^ACoIriONAL • AOXSS
AOXS TO BE PmviDf}.!, . IIXIQ
MANIFOLD SPECTACLE FLANGE J O I N T I N G AND
SEGREGATION g>l i£IAIL
I) EACH KANIF0L3-. APOX. 7 5 0 0 H 3 / H
THE SPECTACLE FLANGES ARE TO BE S U S 3 0 4 .
,2) EACH TANK ; J75C M 3 / H
CObbAt H CISISF
1 2 1 2 3 1 ^ CARGO TANK R U C T I O N BELLMOUTH INSTAL.
_oas»4F
N.D RATIO
3 3 1/3 2 3(1/2)
f.50
FTTH'LO6<1NG Kvien
650 250A ; 50
sjn 1.80
NOTE

STRIPPING

a
t 5
1 2 1 2 3
ij 650
-sSj
CO6I0F
500A 100 t 10 I-81 MN SUCTION

3^
C06IIF
..,„ . S ^ 650 650 S
^-3 -22
550A 120 1 10 '-97 MN SUCTION

^ • \ ^ - soo _
WAM^\ / ^° ^ A ?oo 555
00999/1 200

pOJBOTr / 3 5 0 TC>1*M( CLEMtlNG

>«AC <I»CI •••AOl .70" I SO t»Tq
Cg9>r _ , ' T • ^ [ ^ III * £06631^^ T60
(-VACUUM PUMP ^v ^ 1129X3 T/EPOXVI SUCTION BELLMIXfTH
—A- i 2 5 _ rVAOJUM UNIT \ ^ / cn5«F 'tf''' SUj-^s g 650/550AX

UPPEF^ D E a
•<i
C0993F
500
UPPER DECK j^^ [200
-55©>(S)PA

UPP.DECK 7;;55i!7^

/
SEA C H E S l
HING€ TtPt
•,^~~-
rZ^'l^l
I H.H.W.L
8 ^
S
tJil. legs
-ooRjsr
%i i l ' li j^°° SUCTION R n I MntrrH_

C06S4F C06S3F>

F.W FROM
SLOP
TK(P) PIPE THIOfT 16 MM
NO^tXNGE COTMECTION
"m", »667F^
D69aF/^
-23

E/ROOM ^^f6)6MF / E COAT 3 0 0 MICRON IN/OUT)

:5 TROM BMJLAST
EYSTEMCm&OI.IO')
• FOR OtXY DEBALLATTtNG ,
I A < - TT^^;; T
REFER TO • f f i 6 0 l . 2 0 B^STRIPPIIK '« , =«»« !r*R-Ef>OXY HBja'X 250MIC)
(Pa4 ' ,UPPER D E O - 1 — j i — • - ^
Toa(6ooM^ x'^srrs^

s
S7I 2^1il. 3-10 .ff
sis TA»^, !^: 1
J lUl-JJ
C0657F,
(/Md fSO •W-?<
- ( S H
s
.^flj«:!i
i^ „ (COCO*) 600
37"
-49

0-«»-ir

TO VACUUM PUMP.,
eaFj
U .^
'C0549F
O I92IFI
cie2aFi ui

^ 750 fton •<^:iS^

NO. I C067IF -«»- -0-#-H^

JSH^ C05SSE; r
COSMF |C002 f
COSBAF* 750
C0556F'
5#—T' -D-<Hii-S?;
NO.2
fi2f!l!>125 CM Ik
2321
C.O.P 6(30. §»: •;« §^: m
.aP'
650O
o rJi iS
:$ :?;? ^J^(cpao6)
"IAJ—"
25 05'-»FC0564F
COSTIF"^
600 750
500

O.D.M.S.
'.4 * *
650,
•iC0579/582/583F Nas c a Ppo, (coou) ' ^ 7 ^ - , r-teosiBj
gLPP T ( P / S 1 ,
cooais) NO. I C.O.P
NO.2 C.O.P U .1 (coaoa) (coaoa) . N0.5 C.O.T(P/C/S) NO.^ C. Nn r^ r n.T(P/C/S) NO.2 C.O.T(P/C/S) NO.I C.O.T(P/C/S)
NO.3 C.O.P L^ ^ - - . ^ - 7
o<J*:i-^
AIR
SePARATO !
SUCTION NOTE:- RESERVED REDIXER SHALL BE P C E : T : > C ; ; A S O U N O MANIFOLD AREA
SHORE CONNECTION PIECES - MARKING OH SHIPSIDES FOR CAPGC -*.s:-3JD
_ I 0 BE PROVIDE_D_ .
T O © ® FLANGES ' - ISOLATING COCKS APE TO BE PPC^ZJCZ 'JP

rS)^-
SIZE 3'TY TYPE SKETCH
PPESSURE GAUGE. \ TITLE : 304.500 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER

DRAIN
• 5(5(5 , -ANSI BI6.5 I50LB PRESSURE
eCSS FORI
-TEMPERATURE
GE:S.A;?C?'T OF AUTO
20- X 20" > 6 PRINCIPAL -FLAT
(NO
FACE TYPE
RAISED)
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
S " : = - o i N C ; SYSTEM 20* X 16" 500
-CONTINUOUS SPIRAL
GROOVE ACC.TO
HULL NO DWG NO

20"
X

X
12"

10"
^sU (BS 1560)

FP^ ^rnf <^-^''

HNI 241/42/43/44 MB60I.60

HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO..LTD

SW<>LINI
. —l—

000196
 "Ro. j . * ^ . Uxn^ -fJushTng prror 4c7 drs^hftrje of emer^e^cy b«^Ha5+ <5j slops,

NAME: TYPE :;APACiTy O - T I

« NOTES)
B-K.
UM.OAOING 1 ' .^-
:• CACH GBOI^if 5 6 0 0 M3/HIMlN.rOL»« -.UMS
9. THREE(3) SETS OF SPARE B L I N D FLANGES
~
J 1 X 7 5 0 . I X 6 S 0 . 1 X 5 0 0 ) SHALL BE PROVIDED
FOR MAINTENANCE OF CARGO O I L PUKPS AKO
r.
it.CtaeO SUCTION BCLLWUTH SHALL BC LOCATED^ ytP"
r SIX OF EACH TANK
' »J. T/r t srujp-iNG PI**' SUCTION snAiten
J ZS
lo'ae)
I / I 30
MnvTS i /. EARTHING or CARCC yC TRIPP I NT, PJPC SEPARATORS.
CARGO VERT. 3600M3/H STEAM ' I)FLANGE COmECTION ''AKTS SHALL HAVE
SIMULTANEOIJSCV " L R I O J O E D AT S f T O I H 10. SLPPQRTS FOR CARGO MANIFOLDS SPILL ^Mf SHALL BC OF V
PIPC CQWCCTTON WITH FLEXIBLE JOINT CXW^CTIIX t
rZTTtS HITH AM AlP VENT. // '^-
3 CONDITION)
PUMP CENT. I50MLC TU«I>C j CONTINUEOUS EARIHjNCIulSS THAI. IQHH:
.AND TO BE BONDEC TO tARlH lU AT LEAS
MARKING O N S H I P S I O E S FOR CARGO MANirOLD ^ -^-iLLUku^irajpP5n^i»M&TW typLH K.otT , SLIDING EXPANSION JOINT INSTAL.
T/C VERT. 1500M3/M STEAM TO BE PROVIDED (WELDING BEAO WITH P A I N T ) Cl I. NANIFCLD atOSSOVCR BLAHtS SHALL BE SUSJ04 AAC S L A I W ^.
1 TWO PLACES.
PUMP CENT. I3SMLC T«JBI^€ ^ SHALL ALLCm EASr ACCESS AND NOVEneMT.
400M3/H STEAM 3) SLIDING TYPE EXPANSION JOINTS(v.rS, SHALL I A ) , ANCHORING POSITION
STRIP. VERT.DUPLEX 1 HAVE EARTHING CONNECTIONS FRO^ PIPC TO
PUMP DOUBLE ACT. XI50K.C TURBINE
COUPLING TO NEXT PIPS USING TINNEO CONNECTORS k ( ) ! INTERMEDIATE POSITION CONTROL
STRIP. •2 T/C OF 6SO HM MIN.CROSS SECTIONAL AREA AN'J HAVE
EOUCTOR
— 600M3/H
PlM> STLX) CONNECTIONS. (SPEC 460> ^ - I * ) • NORMAL CLOSE
2. THE MAXIMUM LOADING RATE i
I) EACH MANIFOLD. A P P X . 7 5 0 0 M 3 / H
SEGREGATION CFTAtL
.2) EACH TANK i 3750 M3/H

1 2 1 2 3 T^ CARGO TANK RUCTION BELLMOUTH INSTAL.

NOTE
3 3 1/3 2 3(1/2)
STRIPPING
1 2 1 2 3 \ ^ HAIN SUCTION
MAIN SUCTION
^-^-

•VACUUM PUMP N
rVACUUM UNIT \ ^ /
UPPS^DEO

ss TA»*

^ N
LEVEL GAUGE f

>52?
•^TO O.D.M.S.
j|c0579/582/583F Na 3 c a PpQpccosu) '•.
(ooaisi NO.A C.O.T(P/C/S) rvin :< r n . T ( P / C / S ) NO.2 C . O . T ( P / C / S ) NO.I C . O . T ( P / C / S ) -
NO. I C.O.P 'S
NO.3 C.O.P fVM (pi)^
NO.3 C.O.P *C^ t/j

50 SUCTION NCT£ -eScPVED REDUCER SHALL BE POSITIONED AROUND MANIFOLD AREA

SHORE CONNECTION PIECES -»=^ISG ON SHIPSIDES FOR CARGO MANIFOLD
_i: 5£ PROVIDED
3'TY TYPE SKETCH O (D ® f^LANGES :ZOLA TING COCKS ARE TO BE PROVIDED FOR MANIFOLD^
SIZE ^•^SSlf^E GAUGE. TITLE ; 304.500 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER
• • 566 -==='fRESSURE
DRAIN -ANSI BI6.5 I50LB FORI
PRINCIPAL -FLAT FACE TYPE -TEMPERATURE
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
GEN.ARR'T OF AUTO
.STRIPPINGSYSTEM
RESERVE
e!^ 500
(NO RAISED)
-CONTINUOUS SPIRAL
GROOVE ACC.TO
r_a_a.
HULL NO DWG NO
REDUCER
(STOCKS) -^[d- (BS 1560)
M/i HN1241/42/43/44 MB60I.60
ropM ffffTF SK^t [
HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO..LTD
_ _ 1—

00C197
 fVA. X^ Conir^ncAtne.A-{ o^ \r\om'\orra6 d'scVior^e
B-if. 9. T » « e E ( 3 | SETS OF SPARE B L I N D FLANGES
I / I 30
NAME TYPE CAPACITY Q - T l PRIME
MOVFR
NOTES!
. EJjfTnItC V CADCC yCTPIPPINC. PJPf
UNLOADING 1 ' ' ~
A ^
SIMULTANEOUSCY "LNLOAIJEO AT 3M TRIM
./s-
: CACH G R 0 L > ' I ( 5 6 0 0 M 3 / H ( M I N . F 0 L < < TANKS
( 1 X 7 5 0 . I X 6 S 0 . IXSOO) SHALL BE PRCVIOED
FOR MAINTENANCE OF CARGO O I L Pt>«>S AKO
SEPARATORS. _ .^ _
1 0 . SLfVQRTS FOR CARGO MANIFOLDS S P I L L TANK S4ALL K OF
\

\^
AT PORT SIX Cr CACH T—m

FITTED WITH AM At» »fwr. -

J tS.
,'~i3. T/C « sTinpftn: n** sucrtot sTitAtttR To'ee') _ .
i^
CARGO VERI. S600M3/H STEAH • i)Fi.**CC CO^-£CriOn l-APTt. SMALi MAVC \
3 CONDITION)
PL»4P CENT. ISOMLC TUReI^c aurjNuEouc CAPJHINCI^LSC. THAI, IOHM- \
MARKING ON SHIPSIOES FOR CARGO MANIFOLD (I I. HANIFOLO CnOSSOVVt BLAt*<S SHALL BC SUS304 At*> iLAH<
T/C VERT. I500M3/H STEAM AfC TO BC BONOCC TO EAPTH ; / V A7 LEAS' \ •*• SLIDING EXPANSION JOINT INSTAL.
1 TM PLACES. '• TO BE PROVIDED (HELDING BEAD WITH PAINT) V^ S>*ILf. ALlXJK CASr Access AAO HOVCHENT. '
PUMP CENT. I3>«.C TURBIhC
S) SLIDING TYPC EXPANSION JOINTS!v.rS, SHALL V
STRIP. VERT.DUPLEX 400M3/H 1 STEAM ( A ) I ANCHORING POSITION •rjijjv'(PtS)
TURBIfC HAVE EAffTHING CONNECTIONS FRO^ PIPE TO V'
PU»«> DOUBLE ACT. XISOMLC 3-4 1
COfiLING TO NEXT PIPE USING 7INNEC- CONNECTOPS A. i • 1. INTERMEDIATE POSITION CONTROL ^ (]llta)669F
STRIP. T/C 6S0A
eOUCTQR — 600M3/H : 2
PUMP CiieCO MAIN
ey 6SO HH MiN.ofoss
SnO
SECTIONAL
CONNECTIONS. (SPEC 460>
AREA ANV HAVE ^
_ ^ - ( a* ) I NORMAL CLOSE
^ ARRESTORS ~ - ~ .
a36!9F 8 • m v r FDOM TOP OF Tt€ PIPESi
•'
t^ADOjTIONAL ACCESS TO BC PPOVIoSp.
ACXES ^ [_ I IVY>
2. TVC M A X I M U M LOADING RATE : fc. SUS304 BOLTS/NUTS SHALL BE USED FOR CARGO •A-
I ) EACH MANIFOLD 1 A P P X . 7 5 0 0 M 3 / H MANIFOLD SPECTACLE FLANGE JOINTING AND
SEGREGATION. CCTAP. THE SPECTACLE FLANGES ARE TO BE S U S 3 0 4 .
" \ 2 ) EACX TAhK 1 3750 M3/H
O06J6/W7F
1 2 1 2 3 T^ \
PTCc TwiCK. 16 m,
OObMf I H GISISr p ^ ,
5 0 C j _ , ^ ^ l - t S s — ^ . I ^ € ( = MMBBl 6 0 I . 8 0 " )
NG.4
C.O.TCPiJJ
Tl
«J9F CARGO TANK AUCTION BELLMOUTH INSTAL.
N.D RATIO NOTE
HITM LOCKING OLvTcn a»<»F \ 0/64 IF
3 3 1/3 2 311/2)
J!52 „ 65£. 2S0A 1.88 STRIPPING
1 2 1 2 3 l_^ iCOt/OF
1.81 H A I N SUCTIONJ
650 650 500A 100
5O0|
^m CO60BF
650

?00
550

200
£ ^
550A 120 1.97 IMAIN SUCTION]

rntfTT
\1^ l / t -r
'n'.! i TO '1ANK CLEANING
C099 fCOAOTF / 3 5 0
I MMC'lI^t'MSAOl . 7 0 " ! 1 _ I ""— 1 mmir,
COS9ir ^ , ' 60
VACUUM PUMP ^v I (129X3 T/tPCKTI SUCTION BELLHOUTH

iA-
j : r A-
\3^
rVACUUM UNIT
-!2 ^
VJ/
^U P P E R . DECH h^ C0993F
COSSSF"^-' tKD.M.S
500
UPPER DECK
CO630F 650/550AX
-550>C5PPA m.
UPP.DECK SEA CHEST • ^ ~ : , 200
fiUCTTDN BELLHQUTH.
I.B.W.L ^,O0SJ3F
|C06S4F| C06!5aF.
ALING TANK / \ 1 . „AKAGL • - ~ ' ,'&.anAM ?pcft^ /wif:T 250A
SLOP 2^''
F.H FROM
E/ROOM
TK(P)

fty-3
' p j & c TO ee sTft«D>«' - - i /
_
rCISCawCCTED *FI£I» USt-l
PIPC T H I C K T 16 MH
NO.FLA«E COt*CCTION
y E COAT 300 MICRON INAXJTI r^
'^' sysTEMi-»«60i.io') ~, A B - 7 I
idi
REFER TO M B 6 0 I . 2 0 ,STRIPP r^'^'EPOXY HBJg^X 250MIC)
(P24 '
-E 'PER OECH
l\ypp£
JT502F 2 5 0
;.EDUCTO«\( & 0"0 M | / H X'aSETS^

AOQ
.250. '^ o »,
C0<i74F « " « " l i
i7| 3§^S£lc3-f i-IO
rul Im
IA» i2a
^
M
.52. 21. ^
SK §
S-4S
CCD804) 600
-jpQ ^C>H»-t
gF I f X ] ^ ^ ^ CIS2IFI T:t
a022Fl <ci
NO. I
£L£L£. tl^t^
TO VACUUM PUMP.,

•^- 600
C067IF n+ ^ _5P2. -#-H • o - # - * fton O
COSBAFA
-A- U cnssoF
r#—X
IJCOBAP
•Icoe2lF
•o o . g f
Nai O O P 25
N0.2 cosesF^-*
2521
M_M 1»
urn
600.
C.O.P

COSBSF^
ccseifi^ "8
' TO
<00
^ cossrF , Mm
•^?*
^jJs'"**'
N a t c a P. C0559F
25 i.^q t^"-.-"!;
*J5'^»Fai564F
NO.3 ^(t aasixr
.500
600 J52_
"o.D.M.S.
650,
'°^n
>tc0579/582/583F _422.
^ ' :coeiB) (cooosi 3Lty TIP/S).
I(CoaiS) NO. I C.O.P J& >7 , inMBi
r N0.5 C . b . T ( P / C / S ) 4 C.0.T(P/C/S) Kin.r^ r.o.TlP/C/S) N0.2 C.0.T(P/C/S) .j.NQ.I C.0.T(P/C/S)
N 0 . 2 C.O.P M a gj\\ « » * « "
OQj^j NO.3 C.O.P L ' i ^ ^ i ' J ^--JiP--'

50 SUCTION NOTE:- RESERVED REDUCER S>**^ BE POSITIONED AROUfC MANIFOLD AREA

SHORE CONNECTION PIECES - MARKING ON S H I P S : DCS ="aP CARGO MANIFOLD
10 BE PROVIDED..
SIZE b'TTJ TYPE SKETCH CD © ® FLANGES ' - ISOLATING COCXS AP€
'^ PRESSURE GAUCE^,.
S£" PROVIDED FOR MANIFOLD
-44 TITLE : 304.500 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER
-5SU-
'^
DRAIN - A N S I 8 1 6 . 5 I50LB
BOSS FOR I
PRINCIPAL -^ - F L A T FACE TYPE
G E N . A R R ' T OF AUTO
X 20- > 6
^ ^ (NO R A I S E D ) CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
S T R I P P I N G SYSTFM 500
-CONTINUOUS SPIRAL
20" X 16- GROOVE A C C . T O
RESERVE
(BS 1560) H U L L NO DWG NO
REDUCER
20- X 12"
(STOCKS)
'^U ^•TQ FROM Sinr «M^1 1
HN I 2 4 1 / 4 2 / 4 3 / 4 4

HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO..LTD

MB60I.60

SAMPLINJ

000198
 T'^. ^'6 HonTJorgdi discharge of err)€r^€r)cy b»Has-f^ ^°P^v.
• NOTES)
B-if.
ui^OAOING 1 . - " •
9. TMREE(3) SETS OF SPARE B L I N O F L A K J E S
( 1 X 7 5 0 . 1 X 6 5 0 . IXSOO) SHALL B£ PROvtOCS
TT.CABOO SUCTION XLLHOUTH
AT po»r Sloe OF CACH TAUT
SHALL BE LOCATeo)
J / S
Ji?'*^
I / I 30
NAMC TYPE C A P A C I T Y Q-TY P R I M E
mvFR
/. EARTHING or CARGO /CTPIPPING PI PC A " : CACH GROtPif 5 6 0 0 H 3 / M I , M I N . F 0 L < « T A N K S
FOR MAINTENANCE OF CARGO O I L P O P S A » 0
SEPARATORS 13.T/C * STBlPPtNG « * # » SUCTION STKAtheR 10~Be") _ .
riTTO) MITH AN AIR VtNl. -yP"
S600M3/H SIMULTANE0Li5CYl»j:DX0£D AT 3f TRIM 10. SIPPORTS FOR CARGO MANIFOLDS SPILL TAM( »«Ma. K OF
CARGO VERT. 3 STEAM ' nrLANCE cofj-ecTiOK ''ARTZ SHALL HAVC
PUMP I50»*.C TURBIrC CONDI T I O N )
CENT. CONTINUEOUS EARIHINCIuiSC THAfJ IOHM;
MARKING ON S H I P S I o e S fO& CARGC MANIFOLD
T/C
PUMP
VERT.
CENT.
I500KJ/M
133»4.C
1 STEAM
TURBINE
./4AO TO BE BONDED rc> EARTH IN AT uEAr.'
TWO PLACES.
TO BE PROVIDED ( W E L D I . - * BEAD WITH P A I N T ) C^' . MANIFOLD CROSSOVCR dLAAKS SHALL X
SHULL ALLOV EASY AOXSS AND
SUS30* Af*) SLAHC
HOVO^MT.
SLIDING EXPANSION JOINT INSTAL.

STRIP. VERT.DUPLEX 400H3/H STEAM 2) SLIOINC TYPE EXPANSION JOINTS i V.J • S. SHALL n \- r
1
PUMP DOUBLE ACT. XI50K.C TURBINE HAVE EARTHING CONNECTIONS FRO*^ PIPE TO |l
STRIP.
EDUCTOR — 600M3/H 2 T/C
PUMP
COUPLING TO '^irP.iPi^^II;^ TINI^O
OF 6SO MM MIN.CROSS SECTIONAL AREA ANU HAVE
STUD CONNECTIWS. ISPEC 4 6 0 . '
CONNECTORS^.

y!.
( • ) , INTERMEDIATE P O S I T I O N CONTROL

(* ) . NORMAL CLOSE
tZLV -
APPX.
\'
2. THE MAXIMUM LOADING RATt : b . SUS304 BOLTS/NUTS SrtAi.L BE USED FOR CARGO , APPX.
, lOOO
SEGREGATION t) EACH MANIFDLDi A P P X . 7 5 0 0 H 3 / H MANIFOLD SPECTACLE FLANGE J O I N T I N G AND
^=^1*^,2) EACH TANK : 3750 M3/H '"^ SPECTACLE FLA^TES ARE TO BE S U S 3 0 . . ^

1 2 1 2 3 1^
3 3 1/3 2 3(1/2)

1 2 1 2 3
^

NO.I C.O.TfP/C/S) -

TITLE : 304.500 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER

GEN.ARR'T OF AUTO CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM

^ I S I P P I N G SYSTEM
HULL NO OWG NO
HNI 2 4 1 / 4 2 / 4 3 / 4 4 MB60I.60
FROM SIDE S > € U
HEAVY 1N(X)STRIES CO..LTD

00G139
SECTION m SPARE PARTS

ooo?oo
 LIST OF BASIC SPARE PARTS
SHIP N'
ODME S 6 6 3 MK
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING EQUIPMENT 12^42/43M
_.*ii
NAME QTY. SHIP DRAWINGS
+RE:FERENCE SKETCH MATERIAL REMARKS
WORK SPARE N°

projector
-035 glass oleometer

13165

measuring
lube 2.5
a- 0 30
73
gloss ES663
09-30
oleometer

VERLOOl

wiper for -026 rubber ES563 oleometer

cleaner 09-30
JNTB052

sef of " 0 " vifon

rings rubber
J134R ES663 measuring
09-30 vessel

copper ES663 oleometer

3w.solenoid plastic 327.

017383N

paper roll
ENRG028 paper printer
080 calculator

desiccanf 028
DESHYOOl ES663
silica measuring
09-30 vessel

fuses:
8 FUS 2 0 0 m A ( ( ( {\ copper 10 ES80401 calculator
9 FUS 5 0 0 m A 20 05 +glass 10 5742-02 + oleometer
10 FUS 1A 10
11 FUS 2.5A 10
120
13 INK RIBBON
plastic printer
ERC 23 calculator
\ / 60

\^ Y
15
12 bulb AMP023 n

< _ ^=^^ 10 ES663.318 calculator

MFR'S NAME SERES

AND ADDRESS BP87000 - rue Albert Einstein
13793 A I X - E H - P R O V E N q E CEDEX 3

000201
 I115R
ENRG028 INT0015 AFF54431

L "5—jr-^

^ z
QQEEl
QE3CDQ
• E10QQ escpcss
0000
\?CLA003
(C533R

INTDOO FUS 2,5A (x2)

screening PCB / C . I , ecran

00G202
 F0PC004
FOPCOOl H- A127R
F0PC005
F0PC003 + C243R
VENT018

AMP024

000203
 f-

VERRINOOl

R8viton(B>
, iviion

RlSvifon

•F0PC004 (90°)

R14vifon

F0PC001 ( p r o j . )

00C204
 .*w%.

00C205
 O.D.M.E. S 663 MKJII (Model 804)
' -1995 SPARE,PARTS LIST
(For two years and more)

Page 1/3
.QTY DESCRIPTION REFERENCE U N I T PRICE T O T A L PRICE DLY
, • < « ' •
NO. FF{1995) FF(1995) (WEEK
;•• - • V . "
1) RecommendiedisetKof spareparts^ ' / "' ."'/ - u, '*,'
i . . . • :: . ; : ..:: :•-:.:.. . . . , ; . . •, . • t ,

Emission bloci< lamp 14 V 35 W AMP020

Measuring tube (glassware) VERL001
, 2 Wiper for cleaner JNTB032
! 1 Set of " 0 " ring (measuring vessel) J 134 R
3-Way solenoid 2 4 V EVF071
Set of 10 rolls of paper for printer ENRG028
2 Dessicant pack 5 grs DESHY001
Fuses 0,2 A (box of 10) PUS 2 0 0 M A
Fuses 2,5 A (box of 10) PUS 2,5A
Fuses 1 A (box of 10) FUS 1A
Fuses 0,5 A (box of 10) FUS500MA
2 Lamps for operator console AMP 023
— j —

»', ',v, . ^.'^' - ^ ^ 2),Extra;Spare^parts. , ' ;,^ -- ^< V -

a) Operator cabinet : " .

Keyboard PT 5 4 4 6 (7 to C) CLA003 1
Disolay panel LCM 5 4 4 3 1 HA AFF54431 , 1
Keyswitch 3 / 2 5 6 INTD001 1
Push button W Z 2 3 1 A 3 (switch) INTD016 1
Buzzer 6 / 2 4 V BUZER628 1
Printer (ENRG 0 2 9 ) 1 113 R
Printer motor MOTR006 2
- 1 Printer w r i t i n g point CNC0 017 1
6 Set of 10 printer rolls paper ENRG028 1
Printer roller (ENRG 0 3 2 ) 1 115 R 1
- 1 Printer card (ENRG 0 3 1 ) C 253 R 1
Set of keys for INTO 0 0 1 1 116 R 1
Orange general indicator V 122 R 1
Red alarm indicator V 123 R 1
PCB Annexe 804/11 C 538 R 3
A
PCB keyboard 8 0 4 / 7 2 C 533 R 3
Transformer TRS 84/5 1
PCB mother 804/12 C 534 R 3
Convertissor ELP 0 0 3 FOR AFF 5 4 4 3 1 CONVERT003 2
PCB relay 742/03 C 441 R 3
PCB power 742/02 C 442 R 3
PCB microprocessor 6 5 1 / 2 0 C 535 R 3
Zener barrier MTL 7 8 8 BZ001 6

0GC206
 O.D.M.E. S 6 6 3 MK III / 1 9 9 5 Spare Parts List (contd)

Page 2/3
QTY DESCRIPTION REFERENCE U N I T PRICE T O T A L PRICE DLY
NO. FF 11995) FF(1995) {WEEK
?
b) Oleometer cabinet :

1 PCB mother 804/14 C 536 R 3

1 PCB main 804/01 C 537 R 3
1 Projector block 6 6 3 / 2 3 3 A 127 R 1
1 Lamp 2 4 V 3 W AMP024 1
5 3-Way solenoid 2 4 V 3 7 5 EVF071 1
1 Filter 3 A 2 2 0 V FN 3 3 2 205 FLT002 .*''«*»«^
1 Main s w i t c h APR 5 1 7 INTA004 •-|H*(^

1 Transformer S 7 7 / 3 TRS77/3 1
1 Fan V 6 0 2 4 V = VENT018 1
4 2 4 V = Elestas relay 1 RT RELA002 1
1 Zener barrier M T L 7 0 7 BZ002 3
1 Manifold + 5 S. valves M 114 R 3

c) Hydraulic panoply :

1 Filter block 3 / 4 " PN16 FLT064 1

1 Pressostat 0 - 1 0 B P2NL 0 8 4 6 PRE011 1
3 2 - w a y pneumatic valve 1/2" NC ROBA007 1
1 2 - w a y pneumatic valve 1/2" NO ROBA008 1

d) Motor/Pump :

1 Impeller 2 3 0 PPE 0 6 2
1 Brampton coupling pump ACCOU003
2 Sleeves 4 0 x 2 4 x 8 BAGUE040
1 Motor BBC MEUS 9 0 L 4 MOTA004
1 Pump A H O INOREX) PPE054
1 Sleeve seal 4 1 1 - 3 PPE 0 6 4
2 Ball bearing PPE 0 4 0
1 Bearing bush 5 4 5 1 PPE 0 6 1

e) Measuring vessel :

5 Wiper for cleaner JNTB032

2 Measuring tube glassware VERLOOl '
1 Projector optical fibre FOPC001
1 Compensation optical fibre FOPC003
1 . 9 0 ° Optical fibre FOPC004
1 3 0 ° Optical fibre FOPC005
.1 Measuring vessel w i t h o u t fibre M 108 R
1 Set of O ring |J 135 R) J 134 R
4 Metal 0 Ring 1 5 0 1 3 JTHI 15013
1 Pneumatic piston VERRINOOl
1 Projector block A 127 R
1 Emission block lamp AMP020
1 Compensation cell C 243 R

GG
 O.D.M.E. S 6 6 3 MK III / 1995 Spare Parts List (contd)

Page 3/3
QTY DESCRIPTION REFERENCE U N I T PRICE T O T A L PRICE DLY
NO. FF ( 1 9 9 5 ) FF{1995) (WEEK

f) Other parts :

• 1 Flowmeter probe A 102 R -6

• 1 Differential pressure transmitter R 164 R 6
1 Manifold {block of valves) M 113 R 6
^• 1 Flow memory M 115 R 6
I Regulator air filter FLT 0 6 2 6
Manometer for air filter MANO 0 0 9 6
1 Microprocessor extension PCB 6 5 1 2 0 ^ ^L C 187 R 2
1 Triple extension PCB 7 4 2 0 3 A L C 146 R 2
1 Double extension PCB 7 4 2 0 2 A L C 220 R 2
1 Technical Manual M 106 R 2
1 Optical black filter 12,7x2 for 30°meaJ . OPTO 65 2
1 Optical blue filter 12,7x2 for 9 0 ° m e a s . OPTO 83 2
1 Convex lens 1 0 x 3 3 for projector OPTO 69 2
1 Valve 1 4 b 1/2" G 15 x 21 SOUP1514B 2
1 Fibre optic key for dismantling F 104 R 2
1 Valve 1/2" BSP 1 / 4 T 4 9 0 2 15 21 ROBB017 2
1 Valve 1 / 4 " BSP 1 / 4 T 4 9 0 2 0 9 13 R0BB018 2
1 Valve 3 / 4 " BSP 1/4 T 4 9 0 2 2 0 27 ROBB019 2
1 No return valve 1/2" BSP ROBCL002 2
1 Pressure regulator 1/2 G 9 3 3 2 DET008 2
2 Battery 1 2 V 1 0 VB 10 SAFT ACCU004 2

g) Sample probe :

1 Sample probe device P 171 R 3

1 Valve 3 / 4 " BSP 1/4T DN20 R0BB019 3

h) Motor starter option :

2 Lamp 4 8 V - 2 W AMP 0 3 8 •
3

i) New printer EPSON :

1 Printer block EPSON M 2 5 0 0 2 0 ENRG071 2

1 PCB Printer EPSON BA 2 6 0 1 1 1 ENRG 0 7 2 2
1 Ink ribbon EPSON ERC 0 2 3 {(set of 5) ENRG 0 7 3 2
2 Paper roll EPSON (set of 5) ENRG 0 7 4 • 2

000208
SECTION IV

TEST AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

00C209
T E S T AND CIIEGKOXJTPKOGEDURES

EQUIPMENT : SERES ODME S663K MK HI Oil Discharge Monitoring and

Control System

TYPE : Control Unit

SERIAL No. : 663T340

PROJECT : H1241

1. PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

1.1 Verify that all pneumatic lines are connected to their respective
pneumatic control valve and that delivery air pressure is between
4 and 9bar

2. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

2.1 Verify position of sample probe(s) enable air-free sampling under

flooded conditions

2.2 Verify sample pump has freedom of rotation

2.3 Verify the provision of suitable supply of clean fresh water to

pneumatic control valve assembly

2.4 Verify the absence of leakage in the entire system under normal
working conditions

2.5 Verify that the sample when returned to the slop tank does not
free fall into the tank

2.6 Verify that the pressure switch is connected to discharge line

of sampling pump

00C210
3. CONTROL AND ALARM SYSTEM

3.1 Verify controls

a) Check starting interlock operative until system on monitoring status

b) Check discharge valve control system operates on monitor's alarm

c) Change to manual override and Check valves control and print out

3.2 Verify correct alarms are activated when abnormal conditions external
to the equipment occur

a) Oil contentmeter failure

- Switch off oil contentmeter

b) Motor pump wrongly powered

- Operate sample pump manually

c) Valve wrongly opened

- Imitate signal feedback

d) Ship's speed too low

- Input value 0 knots

e) Flowmeter failure
- Isolate signal from flow transmitter

f) Loss of sample water

- Restrict flow of sample water

g) Clean water failure

- Restrict flow of fresh water

3.3 Verify programmed alarm

a) Printer failure
- Remove paper roll holder

000211
 f
»

b) Total oil limit exceeded

- Enter lower value than that which has been recorded

c) 30l/nm exceeded
- Enter oil concentration 310 ppm, flow rate 1000 m / hr and ship
speed 10 knots

d) PPM range exceeded - "•

- Enter oil concentration 999 ppm under proceeding and 16 ppm
under clean ballast of ship situation mode

e) Ensure printed record produced for all alarms

f) Check display of "trouble - shooting" pages on VUD applicable to

above alarms

4. CALffiRATION

Start system and enter auto calibration. Check alarm not activated and
gain setting verified

5. FLOWMETER

Check accuracy of flowmeter by pumping water in closed loop where flow

rate may be calculated from the level change in tank, or using
flow/speed curves for discharge pump.
Check 50% flow rate

000212
APPENDIX I

TECHNICAL INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION

'> p. '^ A t O
The Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control System have been inspected and approved
by L.R.S at new building and deem to satisfy the relevant requirements of IMO
Regulation 15(3)(a) of ANNEX I of MARPOL 73/78 and that of IMO Resolution A
586(14).

Sample response time date is enclosed herein in accordance with the requirements of
para. r..:!(i of lAIO Res. A 586(14).

000214
 • - ' ' ' * % ,

Kesponse time calculations IMO Resolution A 586(14)

Analyser resix)nse time - 1,'} seconds (A 586(14))

Overboard discharge line

Sample line length (probe analyser) - About 15 M

I.D. sample line - 18.4 mm
C.s.a. sample line - 0.00022156 mMA)
Sample flow - 750 L/hr (0.75mVhr)(Q)

A X L X (SO X 60
Q

0.00022156 X 15 X 60 X 60 ^ 16 seconds
0.75

Total : 13 + 16 - 29 seconds

000215
 r-

APPENDIX n

COPY OF APPROVAL CERTIFICATES

IMO RESOLUTION A 586 (14)

I 000216
 ODME S 663 MKHI
Approvals IMO Res. A 586 (XIV) and MEPC 51 (32)
COUNTRY A UTHORITY-} M:M:i-; DATE
BELGIUM Ministerie Van Verkeer en Infrastructuur -
Approval no. OCM 22/86/91/93 12/02/1993
CANADA Canadian Coast Guard
Approval no. CBM 004 16/04/1993
CHINA Register of Shipping of the People's Republic of China
Approval no. pending •'v •
DENMARK Danish Maritime Authority/S^fartsstyrelsen
Approval no. 5611.1081-2 17/02/1993
FRANCE Ministere de la Marine Marchande
Approval no. 92.09.01.03 POL 17/12/1992

GERiyiANY See-Berufsgenossenschaft
Approval no. 325 006 16/03/1993

GREECE Ministry of Mercantile Marine, M.S.I.

Approval no. 3232 B MARPO.L/48/93 25/05/1993

INDONESIA Direktorat Jenderal Perhubungan Laut

Approval no. Py 694/I/4/DII.93 23/02/1993

ITALY Ministero Delia Marina Mercantile

Decree dated 28/04/1993

JAPAN Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

Approval no. N-295 26/03/1993

NETHERLANDS Directorate-General for Shipping and

Maritime Affairs
ApprovaLno. SI/20.813/93/5.12 SIZU AH 01/04/1993

NORWAY Norwegian Maritime Direccorate/Sj(pfartsdirektoracet

Approval no. A o 1920/93 OS 01/02/1993

POLAND Polski Rejestr Statkow

(USCG Approval accepted) pending

SPAIN Ministerio de Obras Publicas y Transportes

Approval no. A12/0993 18/11/1993

SWEDEN National Maritime Administration

•
Approval no. 21.10-9370114 01/02/1993

TAIWAN China Corporation Register of Shipping

Certificate no. 321-93-35 24/08/93

UNITED KINGDOM Department of Transport

Ref. MS 34/5/27 24/02/1993

U.SA.. U.S. Coast Guard

Approvals no. 162.050/6003/2 and 16/10/1992
162.050/6003/3 (Anne.x II)
j U.S.S.R. USSR Reaister of Shipping
Approvafno. 92.001.009 1 24/08/1992 j

00C2I
:1 /
 us Department of Transportation
United States Coost Guard

dertifiCate nf Approuai
COAST GUARD APPROVAL NO: 162.050/6003/3 EXPIRES: O.CTOBER 16, 2002
Equipment listed'below-Kas* been examinad and tested in
lAW Part 1 of Che annex to IMO Resolution A.586(14.)
GIL^-4="ILTERTN6 EQUI-PMEN-T
SERES
36O.RUB-L0UIS3.'De SROGLIE
CA DURANNE-BP' 8S7l600
13793 AlX-^EN-PRllJVeNCe, CEDEX 3
FRANCE
Modal •00ME-S663vMKIIIballast-mdrritorrq;.i62.050/6003/2)and-'00ME S663 M K H I
ballast-moni^tor, ANNEX- 11 (162.050/6003/3)
Both devices accepted fdr-Crude Oil'Js-/ *'Black" and'.White" Products. ('Anne><'
II model also accepted for Oll-lika Noxious substances: Category C:
cyclohexano, p-cym«nc,. di9thylbenzanev-'di:pen<t:ener--athy(tbsnzene-, ethyl-
cyclohexana, xylenes', toluen&s-' 2-methyl-l-penteno, tstrahydronaphthalene,
all"-iisomors'of the following:' heptener'-Hexenfe, nonane, octane-; penrtane,
and pentene. Category 0: aikyl (C9-C17) benzenes, diisopropyl
naphthalene, dodecane (all isonners).
Identifying Oata: ftPAVE test report dtd 08JUL36 and 17APR67. Systems mfd.
by SERES to dwga. ES663317 dtd 040EC91, ES663313 dtd SIMAR92. ES663327 dtd
06APR92. ES663337 dtd 02AUG92, and ES66334X dtd 10J0N92.
Limiting conditions:^ systems must be installed in an environmentally
controlled enclosed space. Bulkhead penetration dwgs ES663320 & £5663343.
Accepted as a monitor for cargo tank areas of oil tankers-
A copy of this cartificace should bo carried aboard a vessel fitted with
this equipment at all times. The expiration date shown is for USCG
approval only. The IMO Certificate of Typo Test does not expire. Test
data and results attached as appendix.
This certificate extends approval no. 162.050/6003/2 and /3 dtd 160CT92.
x^A cND **>^
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ihc above named aaanufacxBtar baa wihtntnad lo the uodcnicned aatufaciory evidence that ihe item spcdlled hcfcin
complia »iiJi the applicable U<>t aad re«ulai>oof at oudiaad M th* N«cn« tUc of tbb Centfieaie. and approval U hereby (iven. Tlilt approval (hall ba In
elfca uati] the ezpiraiion data bertoa tialeu loooar caaockJ or tinpended by proper ambodty.

GIVEN UNDER MY HAND THIS 16TH DAY OF

OCTOBER 1997, AT WASHINGTON O.C.

S^a&j^
P. A. RICHARDSON, CDR
CHIEF, SYSTEMS ENGINEERING DIVISION
BY DIRECTION OF THE COMMANDANT, U.S.C. G.
OEPT. OF TBANSP.. USCG. C G H a i O O M (R. 1.66) ORIGINAL-Manufacturer Copy
PRCVKKIS EDnnON kUV BE U6C0

00C218
 ROOM 5 / 5 6
SUNLEY HOUSE 90 HIGH HOLBORN LONDON WC1V6LP
THE DEPARTMENT TELEX
FAXNo.
264034 ANSWER BACK MARBOT G
071-831 :^5^f^ 4911
OF TRANSPORT TELEPHONE 071 -405 6911 ext 3 1 5 7
GTN 3816
<*ifcy

Your Ref:

Mr E Bolorinos n Our Ref:

EB/La 934672

Export Department MS 34/5/27

SERES" Date
ZI Aix-Les Milles 2 4 February 1993
Rue Albert Einstein
BP 87000
13793 Aix-en-Provence Cedex
L_ France !J

Dear Mr Bolorinos
SERES ODME S663 MKIII OIL CONTENT BALLAST MONITOR

Thank you for your letter of 7 January requesting an acceptance

certificate for the S663 MKIII Monitor. I am afraid that I am not able
to provide you with such a certificate. It is the Department's practice
to accept oil pollution prevention equipment approved by other
Administrations on a ship-by-ship basis. An S663 MKIII Monitor intended
for use on a United Kingdom ship will be accepted if accompanied by the
French approval and copy of the test results. It will also be subject
to an on board functional test. There is, therefore, no need to issue
acceptance certificates.

Yours sincerely

,3CUX^Jlri-^
DOUG PATTERSON

300219
APPENDIX m

WORKSHOP TEST PROTOCOL FOR RELEVANT

COMPONENTS AND
ENVIRONMENTAL TEST CERTIFICATION

000220
 H1241

WORKSHOP FUNCTIONAL T£ S TS
.**iSftii,_

L. CHiiHACTSHISrrCS.

L.l. OescrLacicn

iCUicraar.c GGi"€ S 553 Qf.L QCSCHARGE I1CN.:-GHC,MG £Qu(=i^.eiT.

Type CcoiTHCL UiNcr r ^

Ccf^-FUTiiMG UniT ( i
CALCULATING UNCT ( i

Business ccca :A m/
S e r i - a i cuahar.

C a c i f i d e n t i a i a c c s s s cede

D a t s of d s i i v e r y

Data of (nar-ULfacvTv^rs

Type t a s t C a r t i f i c a t a ... .

CLassificatioa Cac^t^lcs.ti

1.2. Technical

Power s u p g l y : s i n g i a phase : tZo ^

Pawer s u a a l y : t i i r s a aha^e : -- '/"

FrsGuancy • -^0 r-

Nuncer a f c h a n r . a i s

I r u s i d e / a u t s i d e d i a i n a t a r of d i s c h a r g e p i c a :

• C::a._.el 1 J , ^ ^ f
.. 2 : /

000221
 H1241

M a t e r i a l of d i s c h a r g e ? i ? a

Maxi^utn/Minimum d i s c h a r g e flow r a t e
Channel 1 6COO 0 m3/h
2 .•n3/h

3 m3/h
c m3/h
3 m3/h
5 m3/h

Shio's speed :
Auto :
Manual :
: 1^0 T/^
Wn
Lo^ impulses per N.M.
Mumber oi
Discharge flow rate :
Auto : LaJ
Manual :
^ A\=--n^r-='^ "<=•-
u ^ dLS^nar^-
Overboard valve oosition
Auto : I1
Manual : XJLl

Starting Interlock :
Auto •• C_J
Manual :

Overboard discharge valve Control ;

Auto •• LXJ
Manual : LiLl

2. FUNCTIONAL 1-SX C^^^^^J^^^^^^^-^^^'

2.L. Detector
Volts
Calibration test value

It •./ .;•

r\ ;^ ^ ~\ r\ f) \
V h ' •.., ;:^ LI ^
 H1241

."»%

??M reading : checked using ecuivaien- .T.eir.oc with standard;

Type of oil 3ottorn Scale Midd:.e Scale TOG Scale

Crude Oils ^ /
<

Black product d ^ <A ^

White product
^ ^ i \
1

Signal transfer
Alarm flow
Alarm Calibration
cn
n
Alarm Power Supply
n
Motor Control
Cleaner Control
n
1 1
Clean Water Control
'Back Flush Control
••
Insulation
n
CD

2.2. Measuring Vessel

Watartightness bars
Cleaner

2 . 3 . Bulkhead p e n e t r a t i o n
Optical f i b r e s
Pneumatic
Motor Shaft

00C223
 H1241

2.i. rvn-a'-ilic cancel/

watar-ig'n-neso
?neu-.atic valves
flow meter reading
Flow me~2r alarm I ^

2.5. Mo-or/?umg or Motor/Seoarator assembly

Functioning '• L^

3. FUNCTIONAL T-ST n=- CQNtHOL SYSTZM (CALCULATOR)

3.1. Inaut signals

PPM
-^,
Discharge Flow Ql
Ship's Speed CZl
Starting Interlock
Overboard discharge valve position
•
3.2. Output signals

Channel Selection (Closed contact)

Channel 1
2
3 CZ]
m
" 5
" 5

Overboard discharge valve control

On alarm open contact :

No alarm closed contact:

PPM Alarm :
On alarm closed contact : LAJ
No alarm open contact : LkJ

00C224
 H1241

' • " ^ ^

3.3. Function of signal processor

ppm X flow
L/MM
speed

Total Oil = pptn x flow

Total Oil Memory maintained

3 . 4 . Alarms

Displayed 1 Recorded! Audible 1 Overboard 1 ppm alarm 1 Trouble-

Type of alarm on video on and discharge output shooting
screen printer visual valve page
warning control

Power supply / ^ <A /

30L/MN 1 / 1 ^ i?^ /;

Discharge valve
wrongly open < ^ rf^
Oil limit
exceeded
cC ^ O^ ^ /

15ppm exceeded lA r r- P^ A
lOOppm exceeded 0^ ^ (/ K

ppm range exceeded </ / ^ (/ c^ ^

Discharge flow rate

too low

Discharge flow rate

/ o( o/'
too high 1 ^
Discharge flowmeter
failure 1 '^ < 1^ i o( (X

Ship's speed too

high \ ^ 1 ^ 1^ ^ J ^^i^-^^^
^
r?(

1^ f fcA
_ *
000225
 H1241

Audible | Cve rccard 1 pcm Alarm 1 Trc.

01:splayed [Rec -ble-
|on and dis charge | cut? ut 1 shcc
i-ir.g
Type of alarm |on video
|pri nter | visual val ve 1 |?ag= 1
3C re en
warding ccr.trol 1
1
1
bi^.^ipLe water
failure
J / ^ v( o/ 1 0^

Motor/punrp on sepa—
A o( / X ^ 1 /
cr wrongly powered 1

Calibration failure / / < o/ o{ oC

Oil Content Meter i oC ^ o(

or ^
failure

Printer paper
failure

Abnormally over-
i /

IX
i<
1 PC
K oi ^

/
board valve open

3.5. Printed data

Data and time 1/!

Channel Ul
L/NM 1^1
Total Oil Limit
ra
Total Oil Discharged Rl
PPM auto nn
PPM manual
m
PPM value nn
Ship's speed auto m
Ship's speed manual ^:^
Ship's speed value CZ]
Discharge flow rate auto
m
Discharge flow rate manual R1

\ \ •—-.' y
- o -

000226
 H1241

Discharge flow rate value f~X]

Overboard discharge valve acsiticr. cpar. f~^\
closed (~7] •
Manual control , (~;^
Type of product j"^^
Ship's situation | ^j
Power on | /i i
Power o f f I °(I
Alarms 'CHl!

3.5. Printing o f data

When overboard discharge is started | <|

When overboard discharge is stopped | »(|
Every 10' during discharge control | f/ |
When alarm is developed I << I
When normal conditions are restored I ^I
When introducing input data IA \
When system in calibration I ^-l
On- manual command , I j-1

This detailed programme for functianal test of Oil Discharge vMonitorin^

Equipment ODME S 653 devslopad by SZRZS is approved by :

Administration of r•••

Official Stamo Signed<==W>^5^7^7U-^<^-• • ^ • ^ ^ /l'^ ^•.^'^?=^> "''-

,11// [A ( ./£•- ../ J^ \ '•^'
H.PINON } ': \<i\.A I
Sous-Direct3urdelaSaciirit3dasNavires \ \ V 3 ^ V '

Control Quality Service

Controlled by . . / . : '6. y.Sl I

Manufacturer Stamo '7 C ^^ dri^^f/z/lffu >- f ^
Date . . / C . J . . . cay of A W W . ^ I S ^ . / /
.-.-- .,.^^ Signature ^ ^ ^ '^

00C227
 -pi.
H1241
apava du su<id-est
3 2 . Ru« citr.cJi<t-3oslaiid. 3 2
1 3 2 9 2 MAfiSSULiCHCS:: 3

SMtROKS^AL TESTiffiOTAfFSOVALCr TKE CQHi.CU S£a[Qfl

CF Q(L amn(£ mmm eeutpreff np£ QB€ S sa5

T5Scriotz.ar.

QGm S £53 Oii- OCSCHARGS ffl«-cR(,NG tcuifi^NT,

Scuicmsat

CONTROL UNCT CS
typ«
COMPUTING UNCT C H
CALCUI-ATING UN[T C H

Manufactorsr S.E.R.S-S.
Z . I . d' XLx-~sn-?TrcveT.cs
3ua Albert S i n s t a i n
L3733 L£ L£3 MILLE3 CSQEX

5'-:<iaas3 Coca
*
S a r i a J . Nurttber
Data of D e l i v e r y

Data of Manufactura

.Type tesw C e r t : i f i c a t a . —

Classification. Cartificata

Vibratioa tests.
" . ^ hv ' - ^ " a r i g i r . a l a : « s . OX. OY ar.d OZ.
. OOvME S 663 c a b i n e t s -vera marked by . n . - =
. £ c u i o m e a t : v a s v i b r a t e d i n the -'"^^-'^^^l^/^^ir i 3 . 2 S ' - 80 K= -vicrh aa ^ c c a -
of v' 1 m i l l i m e t r a ar.d-Ln t.^a i r a q a e . t c / r a n ^ - -
l=>'-a!tian of 4- 0.7 saecL-ner..
..:— A ^r, r-ab'^ats to p i c k i^= -.--^ <^- .
. Accaiarotnetars vera ci.—ad oa ca3_-.-
frequer.cy.

000228
 2 L HI 241*
I
apave du sud-est
1 2 2 3 2 ,U;i?;S^-L'-£ C i C S : 0
• • • ' 1 ^

c-oLlowins a z a:cis (ao resonance) v L a r a t i o a t e s t e c u l v a l e r . t to Q.7g a t 30 Hz

frequency over A cicurs.
coLlawing Q^ a x i s . A resoaance f r e c e e n c / of ^0 H= was ccserved, the O-factar
b e i n g e c u a i ca S . ^ . . .
V i a r a t i o a t e s c e c u i v a i e n c co Q.7g a t 30 Kr frectier.cr ever ^ nciirs was c a . . . e c
out.
coLIowing ax a x i s . V i b r a t i o n t e s t e q u i v a l e n t to O.-g a t 30 Hz frequency over
<i hours was c a r r i e d c u t .
After v i b r a t i o n t e s t , f i x i n g flanges of t h e transfor.-=er were re-L':forced.
equipment was switched on and aoeraced s a t L s : a c r c r L - r .
All d a t a were e n t e r e d through key-board, alarms were si.'auiated ar.d a l l corres-
ponding t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g pages d i s p l a y e d .

Temperature test.
3 . 1 . Low te.'soarature t e s t of 0 ' C
J ^ -7-70 r +-0 n/—T«"C for t h r e e h o u r s .
T e a p e r a t u r e was. reduced from ^ 2 2 ' C t o u / - - v. L^~ >..".
T e s t a t low temperature wa^ s a t i s f a c t o r y .
All d a t a were e n t e r e d through key board, a l a r m s were simulated and a l l
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r o u c l e s h a o c i n g pages d i s o l a y e c . ^

iMo d e t e r i o r a t i o n was found.

3 . 2 . High t a m p e r a t u r a t e s t of 55" C.
. ^ 1-ia r t-n c ^ ' C for t h r e e h o u r s .
Temperature was increased from +• 22" C to - a i-
T e s t a t h i g h temperature was s a t i s f a c t o r y .

All d a t a were e n t e r e d througn. key

, v,^-,.^ aTa.—IS
board, ai.a-...s -Msvs Simulated and a i l
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r o u b l e s h o u t i n g pages d i s p l a y e d .

^fo d e t e r i o r a t i o n was found.

Kunidity t e s t s . .* ' . . •
• Equioment was l e f t switched off for a p e r i o d of three hours a t 5o^ C
. • - •.f'-s r-«»T ar''/'^ humi.di.ty oi - J <«-
temperature i n an acniospners w!.>-n r-_av--/- t-^ - J
At the end of t h i s period, the ecuicmea.- was ,,-,<r c:-ji"
s ^ - trc'-'^d on ar.d t r i a l s
^c.

00C229
 iju . H1241

apava du sud-est
12232 MAnSHIU-^ CSSS:: 6

carried out for one hour under these conditions.

^ . -:.^.,'-H key board, alaras were sisuLatad and
Ail data were entered througn ke/ °°*- ' , ^^
all corresponding troubleshooting oages c s o l a / - .
- -^ ovf-nt a slight loss of contrast in
No deterioration was tour.a, exceo^- a S J - O
orintad data.

5. Protection against h'^'/y sea tests.

Equipment is not installed on ooen deck.

6. Fluctuation in power suaoly.

6.1. Voltage and Frecuency.

110 % Voltage and lOS % Frequency ef f ects_ none
11 none
"-
110 _ "
>i " 95 % „ i» ....... none
SO % " " i02 %
If none
90 % " " 93 % "

6.2. Tr^^scient volt-^^ ^»d Freouency (3- seconds).

120 % Voltage and 110 % Frequency effects ... none

\
II none
120 ?5 " „ 50
-'-' '*
„ If none
80 % " " liO » "It
II none
ao % " " SO %
7. Inclinais'on test.
OOMS S. 653 Equiocnent was t e s t e d a t i n c l i n a t i o n angles of up to 2 2 . 5 '
on any plane from the normal operatLng pos.v..on.
J ,t^.-^< va— s i m u l a t e d and a i l
A l l d a t a . w e r e e n t e r e d through key ^<=^^'^^T^ ""-
corresponding t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g pages d i s p l a y e - . .

All r e s u l t s were s a t i s f a c t o r y .

000230
 •h- ni24i

^^^\

-r'r.?A and e l e c t r o n i c cctncsr.er.t3 of

a . H e l i a a i l i t - / of elac
QOC-.E S 6 5 3 .

:3 of the Oil
The quality of electrical - ^ ^ ^ ^ f s l a o ^ s ' ^ ^ a n t e e d oy
Oischarge Monitoring ^<^^?f ^= ^^^J^^^iUer^cnditions as
ScS£3 and suitable for gooc uunc—on.n, i-.^-
dascriaed in the anviranae.'-.t tesc.

spave du sud-as:
Tests carried out ay '•
13232 MAflSeLLE C S S ; a

fficsr responsible for the Laboratory

Of J. LSj»iRue.=?-aauaou

Official Stajno

spava du sud-es: Signattira

02, Rua E±::~rf-Scst3nd. .12
13292 MAnSZlLZ CHDSJC 3 dav- of L9a.
Date

•y. At-3tS2'^'^,
1.

\ ;

L a b o r a t o r y i s approved by the ETench A d m i n i s t r a t i o n :

S e c r e t a r i a t d ' E t a t Charge de La Mer.

— d —

00C231
APPENDIX IV

MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEETS FOR THE

OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND
CONTROL SYSTEM

00-232
 MANUFACTURER'S
MASTER'S
DATE DATAHS OF FAILURE / MAINTENANCE / TEST ROUTINE ATTENDANCE
SIGNATURE
REQESTED - YES/NO

o
o

CO
CO

- ^ 1
. • •
i 1
 MANUFACTURER'S
MASTER'S
DATE DATAHS OF FAILURC / MAINTENANCE / TEST ROUTINE ATTENDANCE
SIGNATURE
REQESTED - YES/NO

o
o
o
CO
4^

^.
 27/01/97^
WORLDWIDE SERVICE AGENTS FOR MARINE EQUIPMENT

COUKTRX >.. NAME AHD ADDRESS fth NO. TELEX

54(1)325 7010
MARINCO SRL
FAX : j « * * .

ESMERALDA 339
ARGENTINA 54(1)325 7010
1035 BUENOS AIRES
54(1)312 8980
ARGENTINA
MR.A.DENES
JEN TECHNOLOGIES
61(70)547029
CALANNA MEDICAL CENTRE
FAX :
AUSTRALIA 600 BRUCE HIGHWAY, CAIRNS
61(70)54752
P.O BOX 94, MANUNDA
MR.J.MONAGHAN
CAIRNS. QLD.4870
32(03)8281032
INES
FAX :
BELGIUM TERBEKEHOFDREEF 54 046-31895
32(03)8281606
B 2610 WILRUK
MR.TAS
GEHR INTERNATIONAL (213)728-5558
BRAZIL (HEAD OFFICE) FAX :
MEXICO 7400 EAST SLAUSON AVENUE (213)887-8051
LOS ANGELES, CA 90040-3300 MR.F.MEDEIROS
GEHR INTERNATIONAL
5521 221 0644
AV.RIO BRANCO 123
BRAZIL FAX :
GRUPOS 1508 A 1511
MEXICO 5521 221 4747
CENTRE-CEP 20.040.005
1 MR.L.GEHR
R.J.-BRAZIL
S+L MARINE SERVECE GMBH 1 (49)40 54 68 82 i
FORSTERWEG 73 FAX
GERMANY
22525 HAMBURG (49)40 54 68 58
GERMANY MR.M.SLACHCINSKI
DARLAS ELECTRONIC S.A. (30i)5986179
7 KIMONOS STR. 5986213
GREECE
PO BOX 410 17 FAX : . 221991
CYPRUS
122 10 EGALEO-ATHENS (301)5911161
GREECE MR.K.KASSIOUMIS

00C235
COUNTRY NAME AND ADDBESS - -- -^ ' .:, !1?E]&?N0;--?F-'^^"'- ''' TELEX'- ^;-^-"^v^
,,,.. SACCARDO-BENELUX 31 20 6593204
PO BOX 90077, FAX : 31 20 6597485
1006 BB AMSTERDAM MR.O.TAN

HOLLAND
ROTTERDAM-AREA TEL : 31 10 4675571
SERVICE DEPARTMENT FAX : 31 10 4656416

SERVICE ENGINEER TEL/FAX 31 10 4864288

ELECTECH SERVICES LTD TEL 852(25)483726
48TH FLOOR, HOPEWELL CTR FAX :
HONG KONG 183 QUEEN RD EAST 852(25)596519 0802-84555
WANCHAI GPO 40 MR.S.CHAN
HONG KONG MR.H.C.MAK
SERTI 39(10)6134573/6133665
SEDE LEGALE E AMMIN. FAX :
ITALY
VIA VENTIMIGLIA 83-3 39(10)6132988
16158 GENOVA VOLTRI MR.PISTONE
FUJI TRADING
(81)78 4132631
6, FUKAEHAMA-MACHI
JAPAN FAX :
HIGASHINADA-KU
(81)78 4110077
PO BOX 734
MR.MORITA
KOBE, JAPAN
LATVIAN SHIPPING CO.
LATVIA 371 7 0204254
SHIP REPAIR BASE
LITHUANIA FAX :
5 ANDREJOSTAS STR.
ESTONIA 371 7 334342
RIGA LV-10450
FINLAND MR.GAIDAI
REPUBLIC OF LATVIA
CONTROLIS
351(1)2740606 |
RUA CONCEICAO SAMEIRO
FAX :
• PORTUGAL •ANTUNES, 26-E,
I 351(1)2740897 '
COVA DA PEIDADE
1 MR.A.DA PONTE
1 2800 ALMADA, PORTUGAL
: BOND INSTRUMENTATION. ; 65(02)8614279
i PTE LTD : FAX :
SINGAPORE
8 GUL STREET 3 65 8624062 087-25333
SINGAPORE 2262 MR.F.K.THONG
MR.C.K.TAY •

000236
COUNTRY NAME AND ADDRESS TEL NO. !TELEX
SEIL-SERES CO.,LTD.
82(02)771 3371/5
(HEAD OFFICE)
REPUBLIC OF FAX :
4F, NAMSAN B/G, 448-144
KOREA 82(02)771 2442 0801-26203
HUAM-D0N6, YONGSAN-GU
(SOUTH KOREA) MR.S.M. KIM
P.O BOX 9208
SEOUL, KOREA
SEIL-SERES CO.LTD. 82(051)262 1857/9
REPUBLIC OF
(FACTORY) FAX :
KOREA
287-4 JANGLIM 2-DONG 82(051)261 3969
(SOUTH KOREA)
SAHA-GU PUSAN KOREA MR.J.H. HONG
AEROMARINE AND 34(1)345 6828
ELECTRONICS INTL.S.A. FAX :
SAPIN 052-23791
AVDA PIO XII-10/12 34(1)350 1524
MADRID 16 MR.GUZMAN
SERES{UK) LTD 44 344762211
UNITED KINGDOM 178 DUKES RIDE FAX :
CROWTHORNE 44 344761255
BERKSHIRE RG45 6DS MR.R.PHIPPS
(971)4 381108
HAVEN AUTOMATION
UNITED ARAB FAX :
PO BOX 51793 49641
EMIRATES (971)4 385815'
DUBAI
MR^A.LOCKE
ROXBY ENGINEERING INTL LTD (971)4 820 261
UNITED ARAB (DUBAI BRANCH) FAX :
EMIRATES PO BOX 27406 (971)4 820 392
DUBAI, U.A.E. P J I I K E JAY _
SPERRY MARINE INC.
1(804)974 2000
(HEAD OFFICE)
FAX :
USA 1070 SEMINOLE TRAIL ' 82-2411
1(804)974 2259
CHARLOTTESVILLE
MR.V.W.BRODERICK
VIRGINIA 22901
SPERRY 1(504)3669171
US GULF COAST,
NEW ORLEANS FAX :
FLORIDA, 023-266019
101 PAILET LANE 1(504)3629441
CARIBBERAN
HARVEY LOUS I ANA 70058 MR.FLOM

00C237
 f
COUNTRY NAME AND ADMESS TEL NO. TELEX . '
SPERRY 1(415)2827150
1 J CANADIAN
SAN FRANSISCO FAX :
WEST COAST,
2950 THIRD STREET 1(415)2820889 023-34496
HAWAII + A l l
SAN FRANSISCO MR.B.NEGRETE
CHEVRON SERVICE
CALIFORNIA 94107
SPERRY MARINE INC.
1(804)460 4044
i>tJ/CANADIAN 1209 BAKER ROAD
FAX :
EAST COAST, SUITE 401
1(804)460 4977
; GREAT LAKES VIRGINIA BEACH
MR.BRUCE BEGAULT
VIRGINIA 23455
1 RADIO HOLLAND
DE VENEZUELA S.A
58 14 601455
VENEZUELA CALLE78 CON AV 15 FAX :
{S.AMERICA) LAS DELICIAS EDIF.FLOR 58 14 604061
RAM.LOCAL N0.3 MR.W.FOWLER
APD0.1784.
MARACAIBO, EDO.ZULIA

000238